1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 99 * 100 */ 101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 104 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 116 }; 117 118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 120 121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 123 124 /** 125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 126 * 127 * This structure describes a single channel for use 128 * with cfg80211. 129 * 130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 131 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 143 * @orig_mag: internal use 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 146 * on this channel. 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 149 */ 150 struct ieee80211_channel { 151 enum nl80211_band band; 152 u32 center_freq; 153 u16 freq_offset; 154 u16 hw_value; 155 u32 flags; 156 int max_antenna_gain; 157 int max_power; 158 int max_reg_power; 159 bool beacon_found; 160 u32 orig_flags; 161 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 162 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 163 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 164 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 165 }; 166 167 /** 168 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 169 * 170 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 171 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 172 * different bands/PHY modes. 173 * 174 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 175 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 176 * with CCK rates. 177 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 178 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 179 * core code when registering the wiphy. 180 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 181 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 182 * core code when registering the wiphy. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 184 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 185 * core code when registering the wiphy. 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 188 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 189 */ 190 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 191 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 197 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 198 }; 199 200 /** 201 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 202 * 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 207 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 208 */ 209 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 214 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 215 }; 216 217 /** 218 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 219 * 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 222 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 223 */ 224 enum ieee80211_privacy { 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 227 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 228 }; 229 230 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 231 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 232 233 /** 234 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 235 * 236 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 237 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 238 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 239 * passed around. 240 * 241 * @flags: rate-specific flags 242 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 243 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 244 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 245 * short preamble is used 246 */ 247 struct ieee80211_rate { 248 u32 flags; 249 u16 bitrate; 250 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 251 }; 252 253 /** 254 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 255 * 256 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 257 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 258 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 259 */ 260 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 261 bool enable; 262 u8 min_offset; 263 u8 max_offset; 264 }; 265 266 /** 267 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 268 * 269 * @color: the current color. 270 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 271 * @partial: define the AID equation. 272 */ 273 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 274 u8 color; 275 bool enabled; 276 bool partial; 277 }; 278 279 /** 280 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 281 * 282 * @color: the current color. 283 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 284 * @partial: define the AID equation. 285 */ 286 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color { 287 u8 color; 288 bool disabled; 289 bool partial; 290 }; 291 292 /** 293 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 294 * 295 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 296 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 297 * 298 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 299 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 300 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 301 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 302 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 303 */ 304 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 305 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 306 bool ht_supported; 307 u8 ampdu_factor; 308 u8 ampdu_density; 309 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 310 }; 311 312 /** 313 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 314 * 315 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 316 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 317 * 318 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 319 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 320 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 321 */ 322 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 323 bool vht_supported; 324 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 325 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 326 }; 327 328 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 329 330 /** 331 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 332 * 333 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 334 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 335 * 336 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 337 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 338 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 339 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 340 */ 341 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 342 bool has_he; 343 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 344 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 345 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 346 }; 347 348 /** 349 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 350 * 351 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 352 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 353 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 354 * 355 * @types_mask: interface types mask 356 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 357 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 358 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 359 */ 360 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 361 u16 types_mask; 362 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 363 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 364 }; 365 366 /** 367 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 368 * 369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 372 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 374 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 376 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 377 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 378 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 379 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 380 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 381 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 382 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 383 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 384 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 385 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 386 */ 387 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 395 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 396 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 397 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 398 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 399 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 400 }; 401 402 /** 403 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 404 * 405 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 406 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 407 * 408 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 409 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 410 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 411 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 412 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 413 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 414 */ 415 struct ieee80211_edmg { 416 u8 channels; 417 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 418 }; 419 420 /** 421 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 422 * 423 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 424 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 425 * 426 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 427 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 428 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 429 */ 430 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 431 bool s1g; 432 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 433 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 434 }; 435 436 /** 437 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 438 * 439 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 440 * is able to operate in. 441 * 442 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 443 * in this band. 444 * @band: the band this structure represents 445 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 446 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 447 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 448 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 449 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 450 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 451 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 452 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 453 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 454 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 455 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 456 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 457 * iftype_data). 458 */ 459 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 460 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 461 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 462 enum nl80211_band band; 463 int n_channels; 464 int n_bitrates; 465 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 466 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 467 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 468 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 469 u16 n_iftype_data; 470 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 471 }; 472 473 /** 474 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 475 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 476 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 477 * 478 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 479 */ 480 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 481 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 482 u8 iftype) 483 { 484 int i; 485 486 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 487 return NULL; 488 489 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 490 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 491 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 492 493 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 494 return data; 495 } 496 497 return NULL; 498 } 499 500 /** 501 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 502 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 503 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 504 * 505 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 506 */ 507 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 508 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 509 u8 iftype) 510 { 511 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 512 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 513 514 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 515 return &data->he_cap; 516 517 return NULL; 518 } 519 520 /** 521 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 522 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 523 * 524 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 525 */ 526 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 527 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 528 { 529 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 530 } 531 532 /** 533 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 534 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 535 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 536 * 537 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 538 */ 539 static inline __le16 540 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 541 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 542 { 543 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 544 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 545 546 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 547 return 0; 548 549 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 550 } 551 552 /** 553 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 554 * 555 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 556 * 557 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 558 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 559 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 560 * 561 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 562 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 563 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 564 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 565 * without affecting other devices. 566 * 567 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 568 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 569 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 570 */ 571 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 572 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 573 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 574 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 575 { 576 } 577 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 578 579 580 /* 581 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 582 */ 583 584 /** 585 * DOC: Actions and configuration 586 * 587 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 588 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 589 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 590 * operations use are described separately. 591 * 592 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 593 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 594 * 595 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 596 * in a separate chapter. 597 */ 598 599 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 600 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 601 602 /** 603 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 604 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 605 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 606 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 607 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 608 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 609 * determine the address as needed. 610 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 611 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 612 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 613 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 614 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 615 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 616 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 617 */ 618 struct vif_params { 619 u32 flags; 620 int use_4addr; 621 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 622 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 623 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 624 }; 625 626 /** 627 * struct key_params - key information 628 * 629 * Information about a key 630 * 631 * @key: key material 632 * @key_len: length of key material 633 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 634 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 635 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 636 * length given by @seq_len. 637 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 638 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 639 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 640 */ 641 struct key_params { 642 const u8 *key; 643 const u8 *seq; 644 int key_len; 645 int seq_len; 646 u16 vlan_id; 647 u32 cipher; 648 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 649 }; 650 651 /** 652 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 653 * @chan: the (control) channel 654 * @width: channel width 655 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 656 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 657 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 658 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 659 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 660 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 661 * parameters are ignored. 662 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 663 */ 664 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 665 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 666 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 667 u32 center_freq1; 668 u32 center_freq2; 669 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 670 u16 freq1_offset; 671 }; 672 673 /* 674 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 675 */ 676 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 677 struct { 678 u32 legacy; 679 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 680 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 681 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 682 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 683 }; 684 685 686 /** 687 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 688 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 689 * of the peer. 690 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 691 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 692 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 693 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 694 * @retry_long: retry count value 695 * @retry_short: retry count value 696 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 697 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 698 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 699 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 700 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 701 */ 702 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 703 bool config_override; 704 u8 tids; 705 u64 mask; 706 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 707 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 708 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 709 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 710 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 711 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 712 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 713 }; 714 715 /** 716 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 717 * @peer: Station's MAC address 718 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 719 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 720 */ 721 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 722 const u8 *peer; 723 u32 n_tid_conf; 724 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 725 }; 726 727 /** 728 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 729 * @chandef: the channel definition 730 * 731 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 732 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 733 */ 734 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 735 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 736 { 737 switch (chandef->width) { 738 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 739 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 740 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 741 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 742 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 743 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 744 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 745 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 746 default: 747 WARN_ON(1); 748 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 749 } 750 } 751 752 /** 753 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 754 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 755 * @channel: the control channel 756 * @chantype: the channel type 757 * 758 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 759 */ 760 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 761 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 762 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 763 764 /** 765 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 766 * @chandef1: first channel definition 767 * @chandef2: second channel definition 768 * 769 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 770 * identical, %false otherwise. 771 */ 772 static inline bool 773 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 774 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 775 { 776 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 777 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 778 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 779 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 780 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 781 } 782 783 /** 784 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 785 * 786 * @chandef: the channel definition 787 * 788 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 789 */ 790 static inline bool 791 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 792 { 793 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 794 } 795 796 /** 797 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 798 * @chandef1: first channel definition 799 * @chandef2: second channel definition 800 * 801 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 802 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 803 */ 804 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 805 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 806 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 807 808 /** 809 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 810 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 811 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 812 */ 813 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 814 815 /** 816 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 817 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 818 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 819 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 820 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 821 */ 822 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 823 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 824 u32 prohibited_flags); 825 826 /** 827 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 828 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 829 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 830 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 831 * Returns: 832 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 833 */ 834 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 835 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 836 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 837 838 /** 839 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 840 * 841 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 842 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 843 * 844 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 845 * 846 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 847 */ 848 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 849 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 850 { 851 switch (chandef->width) { 852 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 853 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 854 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 855 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 856 default: 857 break; 858 } 859 return 0; 860 } 861 862 /** 863 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 864 * 865 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 866 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 867 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 868 * 869 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 870 * 871 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 872 */ 873 static inline int 874 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 875 { 876 switch (chandef->width) { 877 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 878 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 879 chandef->chan->max_power); 880 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 881 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 882 chandef->chan->max_power); 883 default: 884 break; 885 } 886 return chandef->chan->max_power; 887 } 888 889 /** 890 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 891 * 892 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 893 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 894 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 895 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 896 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 897 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 898 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 899 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 900 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 901 * 902 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 903 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 904 */ 905 enum survey_info_flags { 906 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 907 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 908 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 909 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 910 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 911 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 912 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 913 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 914 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 915 }; 916 917 /** 918 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 919 * 920 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 921 * record to report global statistics 922 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 923 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 924 * optional 925 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 926 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 927 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 928 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 929 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 930 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 931 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 932 * 933 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 934 * 935 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 936 * channel duty cycle etc. 937 */ 938 struct survey_info { 939 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 940 u64 time; 941 u64 time_busy; 942 u64 time_ext_busy; 943 u64 time_rx; 944 u64 time_tx; 945 u64 time_scan; 946 u64 time_bss_rx; 947 u32 filled; 948 s8 noise; 949 }; 950 951 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 952 953 /** 954 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 955 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 956 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 957 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 958 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 959 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 960 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 961 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 962 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 963 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 964 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 965 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 966 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 967 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 968 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 969 * protocol frames. 970 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 971 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 972 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 973 * port for mac80211 974 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 975 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 976 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 977 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 978 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 979 * offload) 980 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 981 */ 982 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 983 u32 wpa_versions; 984 u32 cipher_group; 985 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 986 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 987 int n_akm_suites; 988 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 989 bool control_port; 990 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 991 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 992 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 993 bool control_port_no_preauth; 994 struct key_params *wep_keys; 995 int wep_tx_key; 996 const u8 *psk; 997 const u8 *sae_pwd; 998 u8 sae_pwd_len; 999 }; 1000 1001 /** 1002 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1003 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1004 * or %NULL if not changed 1005 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1006 * or %NULL if not changed 1007 * @head_len: length of @head 1008 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1009 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1010 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1011 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1012 * frames or %NULL 1013 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1014 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1015 * Response frames or %NULL 1016 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1017 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1018 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1019 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1020 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1021 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1022 * (measurement type 8) 1023 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1024 * Token (measurement type 11) 1025 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1026 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1027 */ 1028 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1029 const u8 *head, *tail; 1030 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1031 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1032 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1033 const u8 *probe_resp; 1034 const u8 *lci; 1035 const u8 *civicloc; 1036 s8 ftm_responder; 1037 1038 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1039 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1040 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1041 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1042 size_t probe_resp_len; 1043 size_t lci_len; 1044 size_t civicloc_len; 1045 }; 1046 1047 struct mac_address { 1048 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1049 }; 1050 1051 /** 1052 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1053 * 1054 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1055 * entry specified by mac_addr 1056 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1057 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1058 */ 1059 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1060 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1061 int n_acl_entries; 1062 1063 /* Keep it last */ 1064 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1065 }; 1066 1067 /** 1068 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1069 * 1070 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1071 * 1072 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1073 */ 1074 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1075 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1076 }; 1077 1078 /** 1079 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1080 * 1081 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1082 * 1083 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1084 * @beacon: beacon data 1085 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1086 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1087 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1088 * user space) 1089 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1090 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1091 * @crypto: crypto settings 1092 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1093 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1094 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1095 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1096 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1097 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1098 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1099 * MAC address based access control 1100 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1101 * networks. 1102 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1103 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1104 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1105 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1106 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1107 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1108 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1109 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1110 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1111 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1112 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1113 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1114 */ 1115 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1116 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1117 1118 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1119 1120 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1121 const u8 *ssid; 1122 size_t ssid_len; 1123 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1124 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1125 bool privacy; 1126 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1127 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1128 int inactivity_timeout; 1129 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1130 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1131 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1132 bool pbss; 1133 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1134 1135 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1136 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1137 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1138 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1139 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required; 1140 bool twt_responder; 1141 u32 flags; 1142 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1143 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1144 }; 1145 1146 /** 1147 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1148 * 1149 * Used for channel switch 1150 * 1151 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1152 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1153 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1154 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1155 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1156 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1157 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1158 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1159 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1160 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1161 */ 1162 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1163 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1164 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1165 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1166 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1167 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1168 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1169 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1170 bool radar_required; 1171 bool block_tx; 1172 u8 count; 1173 }; 1174 1175 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1176 1177 /** 1178 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1179 * 1180 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1181 * 1182 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1183 * to use for verification 1184 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1185 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1186 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1187 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1188 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1189 * nl80211_iftype. 1190 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1191 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1192 * the verification 1193 */ 1194 struct iface_combination_params { 1195 int num_different_channels; 1196 u8 radar_detect; 1197 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1198 u32 new_beacon_int; 1199 }; 1200 1201 /** 1202 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1203 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1204 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1205 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1206 * 1207 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1208 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1209 */ 1210 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1211 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1212 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1213 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1214 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1215 }; 1216 1217 /** 1218 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1219 * 1220 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1221 * 1222 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1223 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1224 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1225 * power per-interface or per-station. 1226 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1227 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1228 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1229 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1230 * per peer TPC. 1231 */ 1232 struct sta_txpwr { 1233 s16 power; 1234 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1235 }; 1236 1237 /** 1238 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1239 * 1240 * Used to change and create a new station. 1241 * 1242 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1243 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1244 * (or NULL for no change) 1245 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1246 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1247 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1248 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1249 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1250 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1251 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1252 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1253 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1254 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1255 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1256 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1257 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1258 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1259 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1260 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1261 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1262 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1263 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1264 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1265 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1266 * to unknown) 1267 * @capability: station capability 1268 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1269 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1270 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1271 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1272 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1273 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1274 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1275 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1276 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1277 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1278 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1279 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1280 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1281 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1282 */ 1283 struct station_parameters { 1284 const u8 *supported_rates; 1285 struct net_device *vlan; 1286 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1287 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1288 int listen_interval; 1289 u16 aid; 1290 u16 vlan_id; 1291 u16 peer_aid; 1292 u8 supported_rates_len; 1293 u8 plink_action; 1294 u8 plink_state; 1295 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1296 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1297 u8 uapsd_queues; 1298 u8 max_sp; 1299 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1300 u16 capability; 1301 const u8 *ext_capab; 1302 u8 ext_capab_len; 1303 const u8 *supported_channels; 1304 u8 supported_channels_len; 1305 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1306 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1307 u8 opmode_notif; 1308 bool opmode_notif_used; 1309 int support_p2p_ps; 1310 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1311 u8 he_capa_len; 1312 u16 airtime_weight; 1313 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1314 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1315 }; 1316 1317 /** 1318 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1319 * 1320 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1321 * 1322 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1323 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1324 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1325 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1326 */ 1327 struct station_del_parameters { 1328 const u8 *mac; 1329 u8 subtype; 1330 u16 reason_code; 1331 }; 1332 1333 /** 1334 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1335 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1336 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1337 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1338 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1339 * the AP MLME in the device 1340 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1341 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1342 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1343 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1344 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1345 * supported/used) 1346 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1347 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1348 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1349 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1350 */ 1351 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1352 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1353 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1354 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1355 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1356 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1357 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1358 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1359 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1360 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1361 }; 1362 1363 /** 1364 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1365 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1366 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1367 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1368 * 1369 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1370 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1371 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1372 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1373 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1374 */ 1375 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1376 struct station_parameters *params, 1377 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1378 1379 /** 1380 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1381 * 1382 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1383 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1384 * 1385 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1386 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1387 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1388 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1389 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1390 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1391 */ 1392 enum rate_info_flags { 1393 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1394 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1395 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1396 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1397 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1398 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1399 }; 1400 1401 /** 1402 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1403 * 1404 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1405 * 1406 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1407 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1408 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1409 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1410 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1411 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1412 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1413 */ 1414 enum rate_info_bw { 1415 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1416 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1417 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1418 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1419 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1420 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1421 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1422 }; 1423 1424 /** 1425 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1426 * 1427 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1428 * 1429 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1430 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1431 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1432 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1433 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1434 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1435 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1436 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1437 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1438 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1439 */ 1440 struct rate_info { 1441 u8 flags; 1442 u8 mcs; 1443 u16 legacy; 1444 u8 nss; 1445 u8 bw; 1446 u8 he_gi; 1447 u8 he_dcm; 1448 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1449 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1450 }; 1451 1452 /** 1453 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1454 * 1455 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1456 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1457 * 1458 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1459 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1460 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1461 */ 1462 enum bss_param_flags { 1463 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1464 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1465 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1466 }; 1467 1468 /** 1469 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1470 * 1471 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1472 * 1473 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1474 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1475 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1476 */ 1477 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1478 u8 flags; 1479 u8 dtim_period; 1480 u16 beacon_interval; 1481 }; 1482 1483 /** 1484 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1485 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1486 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1487 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1488 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1489 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1490 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1491 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1492 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1493 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1494 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1495 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1496 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1497 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1498 */ 1499 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1500 u32 filled; 1501 u32 backlog_bytes; 1502 u32 backlog_packets; 1503 u32 flows; 1504 u32 drops; 1505 u32 ecn_marks; 1506 u32 overlimit; 1507 u32 overmemory; 1508 u32 collisions; 1509 u32 tx_bytes; 1510 u32 tx_packets; 1511 u32 max_flows; 1512 }; 1513 1514 /** 1515 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1516 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1517 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1518 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1519 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1520 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1521 * transmitted MSDUs 1522 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1523 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1524 */ 1525 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1526 u32 filled; 1527 u64 rx_msdu; 1528 u64 tx_msdu; 1529 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1530 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1531 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1532 }; 1533 1534 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1535 1536 /** 1537 * struct station_info - station information 1538 * 1539 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1540 * 1541 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1542 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1543 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1544 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1545 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1546 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1547 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1548 * @llid: mesh local link id 1549 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1550 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1551 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1552 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1553 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1554 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1555 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1556 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1557 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1558 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1559 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1560 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1561 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1562 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1563 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1564 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1565 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1566 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1567 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1568 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1569 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1570 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1571 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1572 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1573 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1574 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1575 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1576 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1577 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1578 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1579 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1580 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1581 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1582 * towards this station. 1583 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1584 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1585 * from this peer 1586 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1587 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1588 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1589 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1590 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1591 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1592 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1593 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1594 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1595 * been sent. 1596 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1597 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1598 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1599 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1600 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1601 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1602 */ 1603 struct station_info { 1604 u64 filled; 1605 u32 connected_time; 1606 u32 inactive_time; 1607 u64 assoc_at; 1608 u64 rx_bytes; 1609 u64 tx_bytes; 1610 u16 llid; 1611 u16 plid; 1612 u8 plink_state; 1613 s8 signal; 1614 s8 signal_avg; 1615 1616 u8 chains; 1617 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1618 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1619 1620 struct rate_info txrate; 1621 struct rate_info rxrate; 1622 u32 rx_packets; 1623 u32 tx_packets; 1624 u32 tx_retries; 1625 u32 tx_failed; 1626 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1627 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1628 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1629 1630 int generation; 1631 1632 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1633 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1634 1635 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1636 s64 t_offset; 1637 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1638 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1639 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1640 1641 u32 expected_throughput; 1642 1643 u64 tx_duration; 1644 u64 rx_duration; 1645 u64 rx_beacon; 1646 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1647 u8 connected_to_gate; 1648 1649 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1650 s8 ack_signal; 1651 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1652 1653 u16 airtime_weight; 1654 1655 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1656 u32 fcs_err_count; 1657 1658 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1659 1660 u8 connected_to_as; 1661 }; 1662 1663 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1664 /** 1665 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1666 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1667 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1668 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1669 * 1670 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1671 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1672 * considered undefined. 1673 */ 1674 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1675 struct station_info *sinfo); 1676 #else 1677 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1678 const u8 *mac_addr, 1679 struct station_info *sinfo) 1680 { 1681 return -ENOENT; 1682 } 1683 #endif 1684 1685 /** 1686 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1687 * 1688 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1689 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1690 * 1691 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1692 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1693 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1694 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1695 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1696 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1697 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1698 */ 1699 enum monitor_flags { 1700 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1701 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1702 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1703 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1704 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1705 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1706 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1707 }; 1708 1709 /** 1710 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1711 * 1712 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1713 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1714 * 1715 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1716 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1717 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1718 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1719 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1720 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1721 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1722 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1723 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1724 */ 1725 enum mpath_info_flags { 1726 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1727 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1728 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1729 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1730 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1731 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1732 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1733 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1734 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1735 }; 1736 1737 /** 1738 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1739 * 1740 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1741 * 1742 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1743 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1744 * @sn: target sequence number 1745 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1746 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1747 * @flags: mesh path flags 1748 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1749 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1750 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1751 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1752 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1753 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1754 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1755 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1756 */ 1757 struct mpath_info { 1758 u32 filled; 1759 u32 frame_qlen; 1760 u32 sn; 1761 u32 metric; 1762 u32 exptime; 1763 u32 discovery_timeout; 1764 u8 discovery_retries; 1765 u8 flags; 1766 u8 hop_count; 1767 u32 path_change_count; 1768 1769 int generation; 1770 }; 1771 1772 /** 1773 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1774 * 1775 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1776 * 1777 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1778 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1779 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1780 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1781 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1782 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1783 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1784 * (or NULL for no change) 1785 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1786 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1787 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1788 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1789 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1790 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1791 */ 1792 struct bss_parameters { 1793 int use_cts_prot; 1794 int use_short_preamble; 1795 int use_short_slot_time; 1796 const u8 *basic_rates; 1797 u8 basic_rates_len; 1798 int ap_isolate; 1799 int ht_opmode; 1800 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1801 }; 1802 1803 /** 1804 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1805 * 1806 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1807 * 1808 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1809 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1810 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1811 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1812 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1813 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1814 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1815 * mesh interface 1816 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1817 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1818 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1819 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1820 * elements 1821 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1822 * detect compatible mesh peers 1823 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1824 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1825 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1826 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1827 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1828 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1829 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1830 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1831 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1832 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1833 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1834 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1835 * element 1836 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1837 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1838 * element 1839 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1840 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1841 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1842 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1843 * announcements are transmitted 1844 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1845 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1846 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1847 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1848 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1849 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1850 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1851 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1852 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1853 * station to establish a peer link 1854 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1855 * 1856 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1857 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1858 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1859 * 1860 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1861 * PREQs are transmitted. 1862 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1863 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1864 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1865 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1866 * setting for new peer links. 1867 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1868 * after transmitting its beacon. 1869 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1870 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1871 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1872 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1873 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1874 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1875 * in the mesh path table 1876 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 1877 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 1878 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 1879 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 1880 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 1881 */ 1882 struct mesh_config { 1883 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1884 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1885 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1886 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1887 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1888 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1889 u8 element_ttl; 1890 bool auto_open_plinks; 1891 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1892 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1893 u32 path_refresh_time; 1894 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1895 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1896 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1897 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1898 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1899 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1900 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1901 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 1902 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1903 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1904 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1905 s32 rssi_threshold; 1906 u16 ht_opmode; 1907 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1908 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1909 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1910 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1911 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1912 u32 plink_timeout; 1913 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 1914 }; 1915 1916 /** 1917 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1918 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1919 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1920 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1921 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1922 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1923 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1924 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1925 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1926 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1927 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1928 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1929 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1930 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1931 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1932 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1933 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1934 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1935 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1936 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1937 * to operate on DFS channels. 1938 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1939 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1940 * 1941 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1942 */ 1943 struct mesh_setup { 1944 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1945 const u8 *mesh_id; 1946 u8 mesh_id_len; 1947 u8 sync_method; 1948 u8 path_sel_proto; 1949 u8 path_metric; 1950 u8 auth_id; 1951 const u8 *ie; 1952 u8 ie_len; 1953 bool is_authenticated; 1954 bool is_secure; 1955 bool user_mpm; 1956 u8 dtim_period; 1957 u16 beacon_interval; 1958 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1959 u32 basic_rates; 1960 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1961 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1962 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1963 }; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1967 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1968 * 1969 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1970 */ 1971 struct ocb_setup { 1972 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1973 }; 1974 1975 /** 1976 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1977 * @ac: AC identifier 1978 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1979 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1980 * 1..32767] 1981 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1982 * 1..32767] 1983 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1984 */ 1985 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1986 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1987 u16 txop; 1988 u16 cwmin; 1989 u16 cwmax; 1990 u8 aifs; 1991 }; 1992 1993 /** 1994 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1995 * 1996 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1997 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1998 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1999 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2000 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2001 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2002 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2003 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2004 * in the wiphy structure. 2005 * 2006 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2007 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2008 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2009 * 2010 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2011 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2012 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2013 * to userspace. 2014 */ 2015 2016 /** 2017 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2018 * @ssid: the SSID 2019 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2020 */ 2021 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2022 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2023 u8 ssid_len; 2024 }; 2025 2026 /** 2027 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2028 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2029 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2030 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2031 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2032 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2033 * userspace will be notified of that 2034 */ 2035 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2036 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2037 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2038 bool aborted; 2039 }; 2040 2041 /** 2042 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2043 * 2044 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2045 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2046 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2047 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2048 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2049 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2050 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2051 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2052 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2053 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2054 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2055 * %duration field. 2056 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2057 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2058 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2059 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2060 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2061 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2062 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2063 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2064 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2065 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2066 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2067 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2068 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2069 */ 2070 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2071 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2072 int n_ssids; 2073 u32 n_channels; 2074 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2075 const u8 *ie; 2076 size_t ie_len; 2077 u16 duration; 2078 bool duration_mandatory; 2079 u32 flags; 2080 2081 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2082 2083 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2084 2085 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2086 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2087 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2088 2089 /* internal */ 2090 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2091 unsigned long scan_start; 2092 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2093 bool notified; 2094 bool no_cck; 2095 2096 /* keep last */ 2097 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2098 }; 2099 2100 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2101 { 2102 int i; 2103 2104 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2105 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2106 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2107 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2108 } 2109 } 2110 2111 /** 2112 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2113 * 2114 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2115 * or no match (RSSI only) 2116 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2117 * or no match (RSSI only) 2118 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2119 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2120 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2121 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2122 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2123 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2124 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2125 * corresponding matchset. 2126 */ 2127 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2128 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2129 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2130 s32 rssi_thold; 2131 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2132 }; 2133 2134 /** 2135 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2136 * 2137 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2138 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2139 * infinite loop. 2140 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2141 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2142 */ 2143 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2144 u32 interval; 2145 u32 iterations; 2146 }; 2147 2148 /** 2149 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2150 * 2151 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2152 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2153 */ 2154 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2155 enum nl80211_band band; 2156 s8 delta; 2157 }; 2158 2159 /** 2160 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2161 * 2162 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2163 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2164 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2165 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2166 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2167 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2168 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2169 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2170 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2171 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2172 * (others are filtered out). 2173 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2174 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2175 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2176 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2177 * @dev: the interface 2178 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2179 * @channels: channels to scan 2180 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2181 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2182 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2183 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2184 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2185 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2186 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2187 * index must be executed first. 2188 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2189 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2190 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2191 * owned by a particular socket) 2192 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2193 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2194 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2195 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2196 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2197 * supported. 2198 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2199 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2200 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2201 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2202 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2203 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2204 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2205 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2206 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2207 * comparisions. 2208 */ 2209 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2210 u64 reqid; 2211 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2212 int n_ssids; 2213 u32 n_channels; 2214 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2215 const u8 *ie; 2216 size_t ie_len; 2217 u32 flags; 2218 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2219 int n_match_sets; 2220 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2221 u32 delay; 2222 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2223 int n_scan_plans; 2224 2225 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2226 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2227 2228 bool relative_rssi_set; 2229 s8 relative_rssi; 2230 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2231 2232 /* internal */ 2233 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2234 struct net_device *dev; 2235 unsigned long scan_start; 2236 bool report_results; 2237 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2238 u32 owner_nlportid; 2239 bool nl_owner_dead; 2240 struct list_head list; 2241 2242 /* keep last */ 2243 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2244 }; 2245 2246 /** 2247 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2248 * 2249 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2250 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2251 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2252 */ 2253 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2254 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2255 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2256 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2257 }; 2258 2259 /** 2260 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2261 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2262 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2263 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2264 * signal type 2265 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2266 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2267 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2268 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2269 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2270 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2271 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2272 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2273 * by %parent_bssid. 2274 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2275 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2276 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2277 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2278 */ 2279 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2280 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2281 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2282 s32 signal; 2283 u64 boottime_ns; 2284 u64 parent_tsf; 2285 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2286 u8 chains; 2287 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2288 }; 2289 2290 /** 2291 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2292 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2293 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2294 * @len: length of the IEs 2295 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2296 * @data: IE data 2297 */ 2298 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2299 u64 tsf; 2300 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2301 int len; 2302 bool from_beacon; 2303 u8 data[]; 2304 }; 2305 2306 /** 2307 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2308 * 2309 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2310 * for use in scan results and similar. 2311 * 2312 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2313 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2314 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2315 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2316 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2317 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2318 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2319 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2320 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2321 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2322 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2323 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2324 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2325 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2326 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2327 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2328 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2329 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2330 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2331 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2332 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2333 * (multi-BSSID support) 2334 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2335 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2336 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2337 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2338 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2339 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2340 */ 2341 struct cfg80211_bss { 2342 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2343 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2344 2345 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2346 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2347 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2348 2349 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2350 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2351 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2352 2353 s32 signal; 2354 2355 u16 beacon_interval; 2356 u16 capability; 2357 2358 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2359 u8 chains; 2360 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2361 2362 u8 bssid_index; 2363 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2364 2365 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2366 }; 2367 2368 /** 2369 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2370 * @bss: the bss to search 2371 * @id: the element ID 2372 * 2373 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2374 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2375 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2376 */ 2377 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2378 2379 /** 2380 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2381 * @bss: the bss to search 2382 * @id: the element ID 2383 * 2384 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2385 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2386 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2387 */ 2388 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2389 { 2390 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2391 } 2392 2393 2394 /** 2395 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2396 * 2397 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2398 * authentication. 2399 * 2400 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2401 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2402 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2403 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2404 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2405 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2406 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2407 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2408 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2409 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2410 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2411 * transaction sequence number field. 2412 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2413 */ 2414 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2415 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2416 const u8 *ie; 2417 size_t ie_len; 2418 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2419 const u8 *key; 2420 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2421 const u8 *auth_data; 2422 size_t auth_data_len; 2423 }; 2424 2425 /** 2426 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2427 * 2428 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2429 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2430 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2431 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2432 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2433 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2434 * request (connect callback). 2435 */ 2436 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2437 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2438 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2439 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2440 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2441 }; 2442 2443 /** 2444 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2445 * 2446 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2447 * (re)association. 2448 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2449 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2450 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2451 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2452 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2453 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2454 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2455 * @crypto: crypto settings 2456 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2457 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2458 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2459 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2460 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2461 * frame. 2462 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2463 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2464 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2465 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2466 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2467 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2468 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2469 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2470 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2471 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2472 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2473 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2474 */ 2475 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2476 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2477 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2478 size_t ie_len; 2479 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2480 bool use_mfp; 2481 u32 flags; 2482 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2483 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2484 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2485 const u8 *fils_kek; 2486 size_t fils_kek_len; 2487 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2488 }; 2489 2490 /** 2491 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2492 * 2493 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2494 * deauthentication. 2495 * 2496 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2497 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2498 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2499 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2500 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2501 * do not set a deauth frame 2502 */ 2503 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2504 const u8 *bssid; 2505 const u8 *ie; 2506 size_t ie_len; 2507 u16 reason_code; 2508 bool local_state_change; 2509 }; 2510 2511 /** 2512 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2513 * 2514 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2515 * disassociation. 2516 * 2517 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2518 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2519 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2520 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2521 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2522 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2523 */ 2524 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2525 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2526 const u8 *ie; 2527 size_t ie_len; 2528 u16 reason_code; 2529 bool local_state_change; 2530 }; 2531 2532 /** 2533 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2534 * 2535 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2536 * method. 2537 * 2538 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2539 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2540 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2541 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2542 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2543 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2544 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2545 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2546 * @ie_len: length of that 2547 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2548 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2549 * after joining 2550 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2551 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2552 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2553 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2554 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2555 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2556 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2557 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2558 * to operate on DFS channels. 2559 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2560 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2561 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2562 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2563 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2564 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2565 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2566 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2567 */ 2568 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2569 const u8 *ssid; 2570 const u8 *bssid; 2571 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2572 const u8 *ie; 2573 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2574 u16 beacon_interval; 2575 u32 basic_rates; 2576 bool channel_fixed; 2577 bool privacy; 2578 bool control_port; 2579 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2580 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2581 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2582 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2583 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2584 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2585 int wep_tx_key; 2586 }; 2587 2588 /** 2589 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2590 * 2591 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2592 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2593 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2594 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2595 */ 2596 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2597 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2598 union { 2599 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2600 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2601 } param; 2602 }; 2603 2604 /** 2605 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2606 * 2607 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2608 * authentication and association. 2609 * 2610 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2611 * on scan results) 2612 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2613 * %NULL if not specified 2614 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2615 * results) 2616 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2617 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2618 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2619 * to use. 2620 * @ssid: SSID 2621 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2622 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2623 * @ie: IEs for association request 2624 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2625 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2626 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2627 * @crypto: crypto settings 2628 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2629 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2630 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2631 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2632 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2633 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2634 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2635 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2636 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2637 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2638 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2639 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2640 * networks. 2641 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2642 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2643 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2644 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2645 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2646 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2647 * frame. 2648 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2649 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2650 * data IE. 2651 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2652 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2653 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2654 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2655 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2656 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2657 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2658 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2659 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2660 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2661 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2662 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2663 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2664 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2665 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2666 */ 2667 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2668 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2669 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2670 const u8 *bssid; 2671 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2672 const u8 *ssid; 2673 size_t ssid_len; 2674 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2675 const u8 *ie; 2676 size_t ie_len; 2677 bool privacy; 2678 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2679 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2680 const u8 *key; 2681 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2682 u32 flags; 2683 int bg_scan_period; 2684 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2685 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2686 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2687 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2688 bool pbss; 2689 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2690 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2691 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2692 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2693 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2694 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2695 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2696 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2697 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2698 bool want_1x; 2699 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2700 }; 2701 2702 /** 2703 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2704 * 2705 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2706 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2707 * 2708 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2709 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2710 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2711 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2712 */ 2713 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2714 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2715 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2716 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2717 }; 2718 2719 /** 2720 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2721 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2722 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2723 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2724 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2725 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2726 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2727 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2728 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2729 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2730 */ 2731 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2732 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2733 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2734 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2735 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2736 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2737 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2738 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2739 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2740 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2741 }; 2742 2743 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2744 2745 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2746 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2747 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2748 2749 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2750 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2751 2752 /** 2753 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2754 * 2755 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2756 * caching. 2757 * 2758 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2759 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2760 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2761 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2762 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2763 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2764 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2765 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2766 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2767 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2768 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2769 * %NULL). 2770 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 2771 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 2772 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 2773 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 2774 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 2775 * used for it expires. 2776 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 2777 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 2778 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 2779 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 2780 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 2781 */ 2782 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2783 const u8 *bssid; 2784 const u8 *pmkid; 2785 const u8 *pmk; 2786 size_t pmk_len; 2787 const u8 *ssid; 2788 size_t ssid_len; 2789 const u8 *cache_id; 2790 u32 pmk_lifetime; 2791 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 2792 }; 2793 2794 /** 2795 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2796 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2797 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2798 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2799 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2800 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2801 * 2802 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2803 * memory, free @mask only! 2804 */ 2805 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2806 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2807 int pattern_len; 2808 int pkt_offset; 2809 }; 2810 2811 /** 2812 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2813 * 2814 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2815 * @src: source IP address 2816 * @dst: destination IP address 2817 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2818 * @src_port: source port 2819 * @dst_port: destination port 2820 * @payload_len: data payload length 2821 * @payload: data payload buffer 2822 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2823 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2824 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2825 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2826 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2827 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2828 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2829 */ 2830 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2831 struct socket *sock; 2832 __be32 src, dst; 2833 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2834 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2835 int payload_len; 2836 const u8 *payload; 2837 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2838 u32 data_interval; 2839 u32 wake_len; 2840 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2841 u32 tokens_size; 2842 /* must be last, variable member */ 2843 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2844 }; 2845 2846 /** 2847 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2848 * 2849 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2850 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2851 * operating as normal during suspend 2852 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2853 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2854 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2855 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2856 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2857 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2858 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2859 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2860 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2861 * NULL if not configured. 2862 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2863 */ 2864 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2865 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2866 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2867 rfkill_release; 2868 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2869 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2870 int n_patterns; 2871 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2872 }; 2873 2874 /** 2875 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2876 * 2877 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2878 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2879 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2880 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2881 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2882 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2883 */ 2884 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2885 int delay; 2886 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2887 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2888 int n_patterns; 2889 }; 2890 2891 /** 2892 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2893 * 2894 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2895 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2896 * @n_rules: number of rules 2897 */ 2898 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2899 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2900 int n_rules; 2901 }; 2902 2903 /** 2904 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2905 * 2906 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2907 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2908 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2909 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2910 * occurred (in MHz) 2911 */ 2912 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2913 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2914 int n_channels; 2915 u32 channels[]; 2916 }; 2917 2918 /** 2919 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2920 * 2921 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2922 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2923 * match information. 2924 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2925 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2926 */ 2927 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2928 int n_matches; 2929 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2930 }; 2931 2932 /** 2933 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2934 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2935 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2936 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2937 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2938 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2939 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2940 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2941 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2942 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2943 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2944 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2945 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2946 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2947 * it is. 2948 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2949 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2950 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2951 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2952 */ 2953 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2954 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2955 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2956 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2957 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2958 s32 pattern_idx; 2959 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2960 const void *packet; 2961 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2962 }; 2963 2964 /** 2965 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2966 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 2967 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 2968 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2969 * @kek_len: length of kek 2970 * @kck_len length of kck 2971 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 2972 */ 2973 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2974 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2975 u32 akm; 2976 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 2977 }; 2978 2979 /** 2980 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2981 * 2982 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2983 * 2984 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2985 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2986 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2987 */ 2988 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2989 u16 md; 2990 const u8 *ie; 2991 size_t ie_len; 2992 }; 2993 2994 /** 2995 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2996 * 2997 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2998 * 2999 * @chan: channel to use 3000 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3001 * @wait: duration for ROC 3002 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3003 * @len: buffer length 3004 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3005 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3006 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3007 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3008 */ 3009 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3010 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3011 bool offchan; 3012 unsigned int wait; 3013 const u8 *buf; 3014 size_t len; 3015 bool no_cck; 3016 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3017 int n_csa_offsets; 3018 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3019 }; 3020 3021 /** 3022 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3023 * 3024 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3025 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3026 */ 3027 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3028 u8 dscp; 3029 u8 up; 3030 }; 3031 3032 /** 3033 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3034 * 3035 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3036 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3037 */ 3038 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3039 u8 low; 3040 u8 high; 3041 }; 3042 3043 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3044 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3045 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3046 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3047 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3048 3049 /** 3050 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3051 * 3052 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3053 * 3054 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3055 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3056 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3057 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3058 */ 3059 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3060 u8 num_des; 3061 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3062 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3063 }; 3064 3065 /** 3066 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3067 * 3068 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3069 * 3070 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3071 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3072 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3073 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3074 */ 3075 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3076 u8 master_pref; 3077 u8 bands; 3078 }; 3079 3080 /** 3081 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3082 * configuration 3083 * 3084 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3085 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3086 */ 3087 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3088 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3089 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3090 }; 3091 3092 /** 3093 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3094 * 3095 * @filter: the content of the filter 3096 * @len: the length of the filter 3097 */ 3098 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3099 const u8 *filter; 3100 u8 len; 3101 }; 3102 3103 /** 3104 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3105 * 3106 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3107 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3108 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3109 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3110 * implementation specific. 3111 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3112 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3113 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3114 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3115 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3116 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3117 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3118 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3119 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3120 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3121 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3122 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3123 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3124 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3125 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3126 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3127 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3128 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3129 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3130 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3131 */ 3132 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3133 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3134 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3135 u8 publish_type; 3136 bool close_range; 3137 bool publish_bcast; 3138 bool subscribe_active; 3139 u8 followup_id; 3140 u8 followup_reqid; 3141 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3142 u32 ttl; 3143 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3144 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3145 bool srf_include; 3146 const u8 *srf_bf; 3147 u8 srf_bf_len; 3148 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3149 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3150 int srf_num_macs; 3151 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3152 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3153 u8 num_tx_filters; 3154 u8 num_rx_filters; 3155 u8 instance_id; 3156 u64 cookie; 3157 }; 3158 3159 /** 3160 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3161 * 3162 * @aa: authenticator address 3163 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3164 * @pmk: the PMK material 3165 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3166 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3167 * holds PMK-R0. 3168 */ 3169 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3170 const u8 *aa; 3171 u8 pmk_len; 3172 const u8 *pmk; 3173 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3174 }; 3175 3176 /** 3177 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3178 * 3179 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3180 * 3181 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3182 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3183 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3184 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3185 * authentication response command interface. 3186 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3187 * authentication response command interface. 3188 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3189 * authentication request event interface. 3190 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3191 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3192 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3193 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3194 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3195 */ 3196 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3197 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3198 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3199 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3200 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3201 u16 status; 3202 const u8 *pmkid; 3203 }; 3204 3205 /** 3206 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3207 * 3208 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3209 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3210 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3211 * answered 3212 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3213 * successfully answered 3214 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3215 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3216 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3217 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3218 * of how much time the responder was busy 3219 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3220 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3221 * the responder 3222 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3223 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3224 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3225 */ 3226 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3227 u32 filled; 3228 u32 success_num; 3229 u32 partial_num; 3230 u32 failed_num; 3231 u32 asap_num; 3232 u32 non_asap_num; 3233 u64 total_duration_ms; 3234 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3235 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3236 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3237 }; 3238 3239 /** 3240 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3241 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3242 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3243 * reason than just "failure" 3244 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3245 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3246 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3247 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3248 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3249 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3250 * by the responder 3251 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3252 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3253 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3254 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3255 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3256 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3257 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3258 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3259 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3260 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3261 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3262 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3263 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3264 * the square root of the variance) 3265 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3266 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3267 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3268 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3269 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3270 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3271 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3272 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3273 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3274 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3275 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3276 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3277 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3278 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3279 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3280 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3281 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3282 */ 3283 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3284 const u8 *lci; 3285 const u8 *civicloc; 3286 unsigned int lci_len; 3287 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3288 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3289 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3290 s16 burst_index; 3291 u8 busy_retry_time; 3292 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3293 u8 burst_duration; 3294 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3295 s32 rssi_avg; 3296 s32 rssi_spread; 3297 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3298 s64 rtt_avg; 3299 s64 rtt_variance; 3300 s64 rtt_spread; 3301 s64 dist_avg; 3302 s64 dist_variance; 3303 s64 dist_spread; 3304 3305 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3306 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3307 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3308 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3309 tx_rate_valid:1, 3310 rx_rate_valid:1, 3311 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3312 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3313 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3314 dist_avg_valid:1, 3315 dist_variance_valid:1, 3316 dist_spread_valid:1; 3317 }; 3318 3319 /** 3320 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3321 * @addr: address of the peer 3322 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3323 * measurement was made) 3324 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3325 * @status: status of the measurement 3326 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3327 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3328 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3329 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3330 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3331 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3332 */ 3333 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3334 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3335 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3336 3337 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3338 3339 u8 final:1, 3340 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3341 3342 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3343 3344 union { 3345 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3346 }; 3347 }; 3348 3349 /** 3350 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3351 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3352 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3353 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3354 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3355 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3356 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3357 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3358 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3359 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3360 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3361 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3362 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3363 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3364 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3365 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3366 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3367 * 3368 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3369 */ 3370 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3371 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3372 u16 burst_period; 3373 u8 requested:1, 3374 asap:1, 3375 request_lci:1, 3376 request_civicloc:1, 3377 trigger_based:1, 3378 non_trigger_based:1; 3379 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3380 u8 burst_duration; 3381 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3382 u8 ftmr_retries; 3383 }; 3384 3385 /** 3386 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3387 * @addr: MAC address 3388 * @chandef: channel to use 3389 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3390 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3391 */ 3392 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3393 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3394 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3395 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3396 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3397 }; 3398 3399 /** 3400 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3401 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3402 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3403 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3404 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3405 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3406 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3407 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3408 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3409 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3410 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3411 * zero it means there's no timeout 3412 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3413 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3414 */ 3415 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3416 u64 cookie; 3417 void *drv_data; 3418 u32 n_peers; 3419 u32 nl_portid; 3420 3421 u32 timeout; 3422 3423 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3424 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3425 3426 struct list_head list; 3427 3428 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3429 }; 3430 3431 /** 3432 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3433 * 3434 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3435 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3436 * 3437 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3438 * 3439 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3440 * has to be done. 3441 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3442 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3443 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3444 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3445 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3446 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3447 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3448 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3449 */ 3450 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3451 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3452 u16 status; 3453 const u8 *ie; 3454 size_t ie_len; 3455 }; 3456 3457 /** 3458 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3459 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3460 * for the entire device 3461 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3462 * for the given interface 3463 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3464 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3465 * for these subtypes 3466 */ 3467 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3468 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3469 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3470 }; 3471 3472 /** 3473 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3474 * 3475 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3476 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3477 * 3478 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3479 * on success or a negative error code. 3480 * 3481 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3482 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3483 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3484 * 3485 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3486 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3487 * configured for the device. 3488 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3489 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3490 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3491 * the device. 3492 * 3493 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3494 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3495 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3496 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3497 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3498 * 3499 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3500 * 3501 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3502 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3503 * 3504 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3505 * when adding a group key. 3506 * 3507 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3508 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3509 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3510 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3511 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3512 * 3513 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3514 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3515 * 3516 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3517 * 3518 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3519 * 3520 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3521 * 3522 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3523 * 3524 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3525 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3526 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3527 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3528 * 3529 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3530 * @del_station: Remove a station 3531 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3532 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3533 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3534 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3535 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3536 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3537 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3538 * 3539 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3540 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3541 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3542 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3543 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3544 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3545 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3546 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3547 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3548 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3549 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3550 * 3551 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3552 * 3553 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3554 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3555 * set, and which to leave alone. 3556 * 3557 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3558 * 3559 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3560 * 3561 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3562 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3563 * join the mesh instead. 3564 * 3565 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3566 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3567 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3568 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3569 * 3570 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3571 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3572 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3573 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3574 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3575 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3576 * 3577 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3578 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3579 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3580 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3581 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3582 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3583 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3584 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3585 * 3586 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3587 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3588 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3589 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3590 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3591 * was received. 3592 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3593 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3594 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3595 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3596 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3597 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3598 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3599 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3600 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3601 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3602 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3603 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3604 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3605 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3606 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3607 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3608 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3609 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3610 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3611 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3612 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3613 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3614 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3615 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3616 * 3617 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3618 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3619 * to a merge. 3620 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3621 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3622 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3623 * 3624 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3625 * MESH mode) 3626 * 3627 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3628 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3629 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3630 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3631 * 3632 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3633 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3634 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3635 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3636 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3637 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3638 * return 0 if successful 3639 * 3640 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3641 * 3642 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3643 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3644 * 3645 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3646 * 3647 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3648 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3649 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3650 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3651 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3652 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3653 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3654 * the duration value. 3655 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3656 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3657 * frame on another channel 3658 * 3659 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3660 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3661 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3662 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3663 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3664 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3665 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3666 * 3667 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3668 * 3669 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3670 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3671 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3672 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3673 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3674 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3675 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3676 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3677 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3678 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3679 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3680 * disabled.) 3681 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3682 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3683 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3684 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3685 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3686 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3687 * thresholds. 3688 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3689 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3690 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3691 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3692 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3693 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3694 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3695 * 3696 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 3697 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3698 * 3699 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3700 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3701 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3702 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3703 * 3704 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3705 * 3706 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3707 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3708 * 3709 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3710 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3711 * 3712 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3713 * 3714 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3715 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3716 * current monitoring channel. 3717 * 3718 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3719 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3720 * 3721 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3722 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3723 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3724 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3725 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3726 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3727 * 3728 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3729 * 3730 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3731 * was finished on another phy. 3732 * 3733 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3734 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3735 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3736 * 3737 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3738 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3739 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3740 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3741 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3742 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3743 * 3744 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3745 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3746 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3747 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3748 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3749 * as soon as possible. 3750 * 3751 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3752 * 3753 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3754 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3755 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3756 * 3757 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3758 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3759 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3760 * account. 3761 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3762 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3763 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3764 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3765 * rejected) 3766 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3767 * 3768 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3769 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3770 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3771 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3772 * 3773 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3774 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3775 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3776 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3777 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3778 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3779 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3780 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3781 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3782 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3783 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3784 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3785 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3786 * provided @nan_func. 3787 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3788 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3789 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3790 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3791 * 3792 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3793 * 3794 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3795 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3796 * 3797 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3798 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3799 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3800 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3801 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3802 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3803 * 3804 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3805 * user space 3806 * 3807 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3808 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3809 * 3810 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3811 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3812 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3813 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3814 * 3815 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3816 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3817 * DH IE through this interface. 3818 * 3819 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3820 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3821 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 3822 * This callback may sleep. 3823 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 3824 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 3825 */ 3826 struct cfg80211_ops { 3827 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3828 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3829 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3830 3831 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3832 const char *name, 3833 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3834 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3835 struct vif_params *params); 3836 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3837 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3838 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3839 struct net_device *dev, 3840 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3841 struct vif_params *params); 3842 3843 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3844 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3845 struct key_params *params); 3846 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3847 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3848 void *cookie, 3849 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3850 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3851 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3852 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3853 struct net_device *netdev, 3854 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3855 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3856 struct net_device *netdev, 3857 u8 key_index); 3858 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3859 struct net_device *netdev, 3860 u8 key_index); 3861 3862 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3863 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3864 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3865 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3866 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3867 3868 3869 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3870 const u8 *mac, 3871 struct station_parameters *params); 3872 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3873 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3874 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3875 const u8 *mac, 3876 struct station_parameters *params); 3877 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3878 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3879 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3880 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3881 3882 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3883 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3884 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3885 const u8 *dst); 3886 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3887 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3888 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3889 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3890 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3891 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3892 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3893 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3894 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3895 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3896 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3897 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3898 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3899 struct net_device *dev, 3900 struct mesh_config *conf); 3901 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3902 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3903 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3904 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3905 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3906 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3907 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3908 3909 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3910 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3911 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3912 3913 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3914 struct bss_parameters *params); 3915 3916 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3917 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3918 3919 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3920 struct net_device *dev, 3921 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3922 3923 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3924 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3925 3926 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3927 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3928 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3929 3930 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3931 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3932 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3933 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3934 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3935 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3936 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3937 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3938 3939 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3940 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3941 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3942 struct net_device *dev, 3943 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3944 u32 changed); 3945 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3946 u16 reason_code); 3947 3948 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3949 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3950 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3951 3952 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3953 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3954 3955 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3956 3957 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3958 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3959 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3960 int *dbm); 3961 3962 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3963 const u8 *addr); 3964 3965 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3966 3967 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3968 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3969 void *data, int len); 3970 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3971 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3972 void *data, int len); 3973 #endif 3974 3975 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3976 struct net_device *dev, 3977 const u8 *peer, 3978 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3979 3980 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3981 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3982 3983 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3984 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3985 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3986 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3987 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3988 3989 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3990 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3991 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3992 unsigned int duration, 3993 u64 *cookie); 3994 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3995 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3996 u64 cookie); 3997 3998 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3999 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4000 u64 *cookie); 4001 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4002 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4003 u64 cookie); 4004 4005 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4006 bool enabled, int timeout); 4007 4008 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4009 struct net_device *dev, 4010 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4011 4012 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4013 struct net_device *dev, 4014 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4015 4016 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4017 struct net_device *dev, 4018 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4019 4020 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4021 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4022 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4023 4024 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4025 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4026 4027 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4028 struct net_device *dev, 4029 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4030 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4031 u64 reqid); 4032 4033 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4034 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4035 4036 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4037 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4038 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4039 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4040 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4041 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4042 4043 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4044 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4045 4046 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4047 struct net_device *dev, 4048 u16 noack_map); 4049 4050 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4051 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4052 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4053 4054 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4055 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4056 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4057 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4058 4059 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4060 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4061 4062 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4063 struct net_device *dev, 4064 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4065 u32 cac_time_ms); 4066 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4067 struct net_device *dev); 4068 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4069 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4070 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4071 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4072 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4073 u16 duration); 4074 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4075 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4076 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4077 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4078 4079 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4080 struct net_device *dev, 4081 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4082 4083 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4084 struct net_device *dev, 4085 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4086 4087 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4088 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4089 4090 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4091 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4092 u16 admitted_time); 4093 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4094 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4095 4096 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4097 struct net_device *dev, 4098 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4099 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4100 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4101 struct net_device *dev, 4102 const u8 *addr); 4103 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4104 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4105 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4106 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4107 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4108 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4109 u64 cookie); 4110 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4111 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4112 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4113 u32 changes); 4114 4115 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4116 struct net_device *dev, 4117 const bool enabled); 4118 4119 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4120 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4121 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4122 4123 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4124 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4125 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4126 const u8 *aa); 4127 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4128 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4129 4130 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4131 struct net_device *dev, 4132 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4133 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4134 const bool noencrypt, 4135 u64 *cookie); 4136 4137 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4138 struct net_device *dev, 4139 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4140 4141 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4142 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4143 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4144 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4145 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4146 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4147 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4148 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4149 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4150 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4151 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4152 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4153 }; 4154 4155 /* 4156 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4157 * and registration/helper functions 4158 */ 4159 4160 /** 4161 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4162 * 4163 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4164 * wiphy at all 4165 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4166 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4167 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4168 * reason to override the default 4169 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4170 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4171 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4172 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4173 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4174 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4175 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4176 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4177 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4178 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4179 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4180 * firmware. 4181 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4182 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4183 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4184 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4185 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4186 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4187 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4188 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4189 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4190 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4191 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4192 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4193 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4194 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4195 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4196 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4197 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4198 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4199 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4200 * before connection. 4201 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4202 */ 4203 enum wiphy_flags { 4204 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4205 /* use hole at 1 */ 4206 /* use hole at 2 */ 4207 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4208 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4209 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4210 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4211 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4212 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4213 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4214 /* use hole at 11 */ 4215 /* use hole at 12 */ 4216 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4217 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4218 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4219 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4220 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4221 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4222 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4223 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4224 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4225 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4226 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4227 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4228 }; 4229 4230 /** 4231 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4232 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4233 * @types: interface types (bits) 4234 */ 4235 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4236 u16 max; 4237 u16 types; 4238 }; 4239 4240 /** 4241 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4242 * 4243 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4244 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4245 * 4246 * Examples: 4247 * 4248 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4249 * 4250 * .. code-block:: c 4251 * 4252 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4253 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4254 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4255 * }; 4256 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4257 * .limits = limits1, 4258 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4259 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4260 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4261 * }; 4262 * 4263 * 4264 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4265 * 4266 * .. code-block:: c 4267 * 4268 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4269 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4270 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4271 * }; 4272 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4273 * .limits = limits2, 4274 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4275 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4276 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4277 * }; 4278 * 4279 * 4280 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4281 * 4282 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4283 * 4284 * .. code-block:: c 4285 * 4286 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4287 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4288 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4289 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4290 * }; 4291 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4292 * .limits = limits3, 4293 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4294 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4295 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4296 * }; 4297 * 4298 */ 4299 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4300 /** 4301 * @limits: 4302 * limits for the given interface types 4303 */ 4304 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4305 4306 /** 4307 * @num_different_channels: 4308 * can use up to this many different channels 4309 */ 4310 u32 num_different_channels; 4311 4312 /** 4313 * @max_interfaces: 4314 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4315 */ 4316 u16 max_interfaces; 4317 4318 /** 4319 * @n_limits: 4320 * number of limitations 4321 */ 4322 u8 n_limits; 4323 4324 /** 4325 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4326 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4327 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4328 */ 4329 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4330 4331 /** 4332 * @radar_detect_widths: 4333 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4334 */ 4335 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4336 4337 /** 4338 * @radar_detect_regions: 4339 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4340 */ 4341 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4342 4343 /** 4344 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4345 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4346 * 4347 * = 0 4348 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4349 * > 0 4350 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4351 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4352 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4353 */ 4354 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4355 }; 4356 4357 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4358 u16 tx, rx; 4359 }; 4360 4361 /** 4362 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4363 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4364 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4365 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4366 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4367 * packet should be preserved in that case 4368 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4369 * (see nl80211.h) 4370 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4371 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4372 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4373 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4374 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4375 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4376 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4377 */ 4378 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4379 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4380 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4381 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4382 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4383 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4384 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4385 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4386 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4387 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4388 }; 4389 4390 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4391 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4392 u32 data_payload_max; 4393 u32 data_interval_max; 4394 u32 wake_payload_max; 4395 bool seq; 4396 }; 4397 4398 /** 4399 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4400 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4401 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4402 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4403 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4404 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4405 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4406 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4407 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4408 * scheduled scans. 4409 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4410 * details. 4411 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4412 */ 4413 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4414 u32 flags; 4415 int n_patterns; 4416 int pattern_max_len; 4417 int pattern_min_len; 4418 int max_pkt_offset; 4419 int max_nd_match_sets; 4420 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4421 }; 4422 4423 /** 4424 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4425 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4426 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4427 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4428 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4429 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4430 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4431 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4432 */ 4433 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4434 int n_rules; 4435 int max_delay; 4436 int n_patterns; 4437 int pattern_max_len; 4438 int pattern_min_len; 4439 int max_pkt_offset; 4440 }; 4441 4442 /** 4443 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4444 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4445 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4446 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4447 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4448 */ 4449 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4450 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4451 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4452 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4453 }; 4454 4455 /** 4456 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4457 * 4458 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4459 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4460 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4461 * 4462 */ 4463 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4464 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4465 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4466 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4467 }; 4468 4469 /** 4470 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4471 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4472 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4473 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4474 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4475 */ 4476 4477 struct sta_opmode_info { 4478 u32 changed; 4479 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4480 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4481 u8 rx_nss; 4482 }; 4483 4484 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4485 4486 /** 4487 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4488 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4489 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4490 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4491 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4492 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4493 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4494 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4495 * dumpit calls. 4496 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4497 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4498 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4499 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4500 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4501 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4502 * are used with dump requests. 4503 */ 4504 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4505 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4506 u32 flags; 4507 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4508 const void *data, int data_len); 4509 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4510 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4511 unsigned long *storage); 4512 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4513 unsigned int maxattr; 4514 }; 4515 4516 /** 4517 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4518 * @iftype: interface type 4519 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4520 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4521 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4522 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4523 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4524 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4525 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4526 */ 4527 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4528 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4529 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4530 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4531 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4532 }; 4533 4534 /** 4535 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4536 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4537 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4538 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4539 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4540 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4541 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4542 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4543 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4544 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4545 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4546 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4547 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4548 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4549 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4550 * not limited) 4551 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4552 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4553 */ 4554 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4555 unsigned int max_peers; 4556 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4557 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4558 4559 struct { 4560 u32 preambles; 4561 u32 bandwidths; 4562 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4563 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4564 u8 supported:1, 4565 asap:1, 4566 non_asap:1, 4567 request_lci:1, 4568 request_civicloc:1, 4569 trigger_based:1, 4570 non_trigger_based:1; 4571 } ftm; 4572 }; 4573 4574 /** 4575 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4576 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4577 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4578 * 4579 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4580 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4581 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4582 */ 4583 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4584 u16 iftypes_mask; 4585 const u32 *akm_suites; 4586 int n_akm_suites; 4587 }; 4588 4589 /** 4590 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4591 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4592 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4593 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4594 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4595 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4596 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4597 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4598 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4599 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4600 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4601 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4602 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4603 * iftype_akm_suites. 4604 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4605 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4606 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4607 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4608 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4609 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4610 * suites are specified separately. 4611 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4612 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4613 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4614 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4615 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4616 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4617 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4618 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4619 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4620 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4621 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4622 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4623 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4624 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4625 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4626 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4627 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4628 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4629 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4630 * unregister hardware 4631 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4632 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4633 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4634 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4635 * (see below). 4636 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4637 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4638 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4639 * must be set by driver 4640 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4641 * list single interface types. 4642 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4643 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4644 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4645 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4646 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4647 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4648 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4649 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4650 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4651 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4652 * this variable determines its size 4653 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4654 * any given scan 4655 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4656 * the device can run concurrently. 4657 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4658 * for in any given scheduled scan 4659 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4660 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4661 * supported. 4662 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4663 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4664 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4665 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4666 * scans 4667 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4668 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4669 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4670 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4671 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4672 * scan plan supported by the device. 4673 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4674 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4675 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4676 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4677 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4678 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4679 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4680 * 4681 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4682 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4683 * type 4684 * 4685 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4686 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4687 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4688 * 4689 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4690 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4691 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4692 * 4693 * @probe_resp_offload: 4694 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4695 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4696 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4697 * 4698 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4699 * may request, if implemented. 4700 * 4701 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4702 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4703 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4704 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4705 * 4706 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4707 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4708 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4709 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4710 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4711 * 4712 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4713 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4714 * 4715 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4716 * supports for ACL. 4717 * 4718 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4719 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4720 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4721 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4722 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4723 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4724 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4725 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4726 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4727 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4728 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4729 * capabilities are specified separately. 4730 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4731 * 4732 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4733 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4734 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4735 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4736 * 4737 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4738 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4739 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4740 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4741 * 4742 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4743 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4744 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4745 * infinite. 4746 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4747 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4748 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4749 * 4750 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4751 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4752 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4753 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4754 * 4755 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4756 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4757 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4758 * 4759 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 4760 * wake_tx_queue 4761 * 4762 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4763 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4764 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4765 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4766 * 4767 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4768 * 4769 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 4770 * device has 4771 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4772 * supported by the driver for each vif 4773 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4774 * supported by the driver for each peer 4775 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 4776 * long/short retry configuration 4777 * 4778 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 4779 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 4780 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 4781 */ 4782 struct wiphy { 4783 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4784 4785 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4786 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4787 4788 struct mac_address *addresses; 4789 4790 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4791 4792 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4793 int n_iface_combinations; 4794 u16 software_iftypes; 4795 4796 u16 n_addresses; 4797 4798 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4799 u16 interface_modes; 4800 4801 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4802 4803 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4804 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4805 4806 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4807 4808 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4809 4810 int bss_priv_size; 4811 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4812 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4813 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4814 u8 max_match_sets; 4815 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4816 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4817 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4818 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4819 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4820 4821 int n_cipher_suites; 4822 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4823 4824 int n_akm_suites; 4825 const u32 *akm_suites; 4826 4827 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4828 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4829 4830 u8 retry_short; 4831 u8 retry_long; 4832 u32 frag_threshold; 4833 u32 rts_threshold; 4834 u8 coverage_class; 4835 4836 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4837 u32 hw_version; 4838 4839 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4840 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4841 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4842 #endif 4843 4844 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4845 4846 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4847 4848 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4849 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4850 4851 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4852 4853 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4854 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4855 4856 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4857 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4858 4859 const void *privid; 4860 4861 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4862 4863 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4864 struct regulatory_request *request); 4865 4866 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4867 4868 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4869 4870 struct device dev; 4871 4872 bool registered; 4873 4874 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4875 4876 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4877 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4878 4879 struct list_head wdev_list; 4880 4881 possible_net_t _net; 4882 4883 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4884 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4885 #endif 4886 4887 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4888 4889 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4890 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4891 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4892 4893 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4894 4895 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4896 4897 u32 bss_select_support; 4898 4899 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4900 4901 u32 txq_limit; 4902 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4903 u32 txq_quantum; 4904 4905 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 4906 4907 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4908 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4909 4910 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4911 4912 struct { 4913 u64 peer, vif; 4914 u8 max_retry; 4915 } tid_config_support; 4916 4917 u8 max_data_retry_count; 4918 4919 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4920 }; 4921 4922 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4923 { 4924 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4925 } 4926 4927 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4928 { 4929 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4930 } 4931 4932 /** 4933 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4934 * 4935 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4936 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4937 */ 4938 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4939 { 4940 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4941 return &wiphy->priv; 4942 } 4943 4944 /** 4945 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4946 * 4947 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4948 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4949 */ 4950 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4951 { 4952 BUG_ON(!priv); 4953 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4954 } 4955 4956 /** 4957 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4958 * 4959 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4960 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4961 */ 4962 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4963 { 4964 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4965 } 4966 4967 /** 4968 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4969 * 4970 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4971 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4972 */ 4973 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4974 { 4975 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4976 } 4977 4978 /** 4979 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4980 * 4981 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4982 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4983 */ 4984 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4985 { 4986 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4987 } 4988 4989 /** 4990 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4991 * 4992 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4993 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4994 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4995 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4996 * 4997 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4998 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4999 * 5000 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5001 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5002 */ 5003 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5004 const char *requested_name); 5005 5006 /** 5007 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5008 * 5009 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5010 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5011 * 5012 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5013 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5014 * 5015 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5016 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5017 */ 5018 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5019 int sizeof_priv) 5020 { 5021 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5022 } 5023 5024 /** 5025 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5026 * 5027 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5028 * 5029 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5030 */ 5031 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5032 5033 /** 5034 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5035 * 5036 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5037 * 5038 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5039 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5040 * request that is being handled. 5041 */ 5042 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5043 5044 /** 5045 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5046 * 5047 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5048 */ 5049 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5050 5051 /* internal structs */ 5052 struct cfg80211_conn; 5053 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5054 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5055 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5056 5057 /** 5058 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5059 * 5060 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5061 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5062 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5063 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5064 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 5065 * 5066 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5067 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5068 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5069 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5070 * 5071 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5072 * @iftype: interface type 5073 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5074 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5075 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5076 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5077 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5078 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5079 * the user-set channel definition. 5080 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5081 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5082 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5083 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5084 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5085 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5086 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5087 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5088 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5089 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5090 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5091 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5092 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5093 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5094 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5095 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5096 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5097 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5098 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5099 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5100 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5101 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5102 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5103 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5104 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 5105 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5106 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5107 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5108 * and some API functions require it held 5109 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5110 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5111 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5112 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5113 * the P2P Device. 5114 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5115 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5116 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5117 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5118 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5119 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5120 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5121 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5122 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5123 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5124 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5125 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5126 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5127 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5128 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5129 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5130 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5131 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5132 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5133 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5134 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5135 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5136 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5137 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5138 * unprotected beacon report 5139 */ 5140 struct wireless_dev { 5141 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5142 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5143 5144 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5145 struct list_head list; 5146 struct net_device *netdev; 5147 5148 u32 identifier; 5149 5150 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5151 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 5152 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5153 5154 struct mutex mtx; 5155 5156 bool use_4addr, is_running; 5157 5158 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5159 5160 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5161 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5162 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5163 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5164 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5165 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5166 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5167 5168 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5169 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5170 5171 struct list_head event_list; 5172 spinlock_t event_lock; 5173 5174 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5175 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5176 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5177 5178 bool ibss_fixed; 5179 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5180 5181 bool ps; 5182 int ps_timeout; 5183 5184 int beacon_interval; 5185 5186 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5187 5188 u32 owner_nlportid; 5189 bool nl_owner_dead; 5190 5191 bool cac_started; 5192 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5193 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5194 5195 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5196 /* wext data */ 5197 struct { 5198 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5199 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5200 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5201 const u8 *ie; 5202 size_t ie_len; 5203 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5204 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5205 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5206 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5207 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5208 } wext; 5209 #endif 5210 5211 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5212 5213 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5214 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5215 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5216 5217 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5218 }; 5219 5220 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5221 { 5222 if (wdev->netdev) 5223 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5224 return wdev->address; 5225 } 5226 5227 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5228 { 5229 if (wdev->netdev) 5230 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5231 return wdev->is_running; 5232 } 5233 5234 /** 5235 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5236 * 5237 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5238 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5239 */ 5240 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5241 { 5242 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5243 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5244 } 5245 5246 /** 5247 * DOC: Utility functions 5248 * 5249 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5250 */ 5251 5252 /** 5253 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5254 * 5255 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5256 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5257 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5258 */ 5259 static inline bool 5260 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5261 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5262 { 5263 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5264 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5265 } 5266 5267 /** 5268 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5269 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5270 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5271 */ 5272 static inline u32 5273 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5274 { 5275 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5276 } 5277 5278 /** 5279 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5280 * @chan: channel number 5281 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5282 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5283 */ 5284 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5285 5286 /** 5287 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5288 * @chan: channel number 5289 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5290 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5291 */ 5292 static inline int 5293 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5294 { 5295 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5296 } 5297 5298 /** 5299 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5300 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5301 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5302 */ 5303 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5304 5305 /** 5306 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5307 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5308 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5309 */ 5310 static inline int 5311 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5312 { 5313 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5314 } 5315 5316 /** 5317 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5318 * frequency 5319 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5320 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5321 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5322 */ 5323 struct ieee80211_channel * 5324 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5325 5326 /** 5327 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5328 * 5329 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5330 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5331 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5332 */ 5333 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5334 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5335 { 5336 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5337 } 5338 5339 /** 5340 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5341 * @chan: control channel to check 5342 * 5343 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5344 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5345 */ 5346 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5347 { 5348 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5349 return false; 5350 5351 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5352 } 5353 5354 /** 5355 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5356 * 5357 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5358 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5359 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5360 * 5361 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5362 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5363 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5364 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5365 */ 5366 struct ieee80211_rate * 5367 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5368 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5369 5370 /** 5371 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5372 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5373 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5374 * 5375 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5376 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5377 */ 5378 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5379 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5380 5381 /* 5382 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5383 * 5384 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5385 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5386 */ 5387 5388 struct radiotap_align_size { 5389 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5390 }; 5391 5392 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5393 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5394 int n_bits; 5395 uint32_t oui; 5396 uint8_t subns; 5397 }; 5398 5399 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5400 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5401 int n_ns; 5402 }; 5403 5404 /** 5405 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5406 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5407 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5408 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5409 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5410 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5411 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5412 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5413 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5414 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5415 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5416 * radiotap namespace or not 5417 * 5418 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5419 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5420 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5421 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5422 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5423 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5424 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5425 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5426 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5427 * next bitmap word 5428 * 5429 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5430 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5431 */ 5432 5433 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5434 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5435 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5436 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5437 5438 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5439 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5440 5441 unsigned char *this_arg; 5442 int this_arg_index; 5443 int this_arg_size; 5444 5445 int is_radiotap_ns; 5446 5447 int _max_length; 5448 int _arg_index; 5449 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5450 int _reset_on_ext; 5451 }; 5452 5453 int 5454 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5455 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5456 int max_length, 5457 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5458 5459 int 5460 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5461 5462 5463 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5464 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5465 5466 /** 5467 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5468 * 5469 * @skb: the frame 5470 * 5471 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5472 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5473 * 5474 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5475 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5476 * 802.11 header. 5477 */ 5478 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5479 5480 /** 5481 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5482 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5483 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5484 */ 5485 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5486 5487 /** 5488 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5489 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5490 * (first byte) will be accessed 5491 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5492 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5493 */ 5494 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5495 5496 /** 5497 * DOC: Data path helpers 5498 * 5499 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5500 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5501 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5502 */ 5503 5504 /** 5505 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5506 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5507 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5508 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5509 * @addr: the device MAC address 5510 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5511 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5512 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5513 */ 5514 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5515 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5516 u8 data_offset); 5517 5518 /** 5519 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5520 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5521 * @addr: the device MAC address 5522 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5523 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5524 */ 5525 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5526 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5527 { 5528 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5529 } 5530 5531 /** 5532 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5533 * 5534 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5535 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5536 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5537 * 5538 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5539 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5540 * initialized by the caller. 5541 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5542 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5543 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5544 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5545 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5546 */ 5547 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5548 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5549 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5550 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5551 5552 /** 5553 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5554 * @skb: the data frame 5555 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5556 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5557 */ 5558 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5559 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5560 5561 /** 5562 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5563 * 5564 * @eid: element ID 5565 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5566 * @len: length of data 5567 * @match: byte array to match 5568 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5569 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5570 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5571 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5572 * the data portion instead. 5573 * 5574 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5575 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5576 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5577 * requested element struct. 5578 * 5579 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5580 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5581 * byte array to match. 5582 */ 5583 const struct element * 5584 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5585 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5586 unsigned int match_offset); 5587 5588 /** 5589 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5590 * 5591 * @eid: element ID 5592 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5593 * @len: length of data 5594 * @match: byte array to match 5595 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5596 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5597 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5598 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5599 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5600 * the second byte is the IE length. 5601 * 5602 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5603 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5604 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5605 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5606 * element ID. 5607 * 5608 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5609 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5610 * byte array to match. 5611 */ 5612 static inline const u8 * 5613 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5614 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5615 unsigned int match_offset) 5616 { 5617 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5618 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5619 */ 5620 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5621 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5622 return NULL; 5623 5624 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5625 match, match_len, 5626 match_offset ? 5627 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5628 } 5629 5630 /** 5631 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5632 * 5633 * @eid: element ID 5634 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5635 * @len: length of data 5636 * 5637 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5638 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5639 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5640 * requested element struct. 5641 * 5642 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5643 * having to fit into the given data. 5644 */ 5645 static inline const struct element * 5646 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5647 { 5648 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5649 } 5650 5651 /** 5652 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5653 * 5654 * @eid: element ID 5655 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5656 * @len: length of data 5657 * 5658 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5659 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5660 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5661 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5662 * 5663 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5664 * having to fit into the given data. 5665 */ 5666 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5667 { 5668 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5669 } 5670 5671 /** 5672 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5673 * 5674 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5675 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5676 * @len: length of data 5677 * 5678 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5679 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5680 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5681 * requested element struct. 5682 * 5683 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5684 * having to fit into the given data. 5685 */ 5686 static inline const struct element * 5687 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5688 { 5689 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5690 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5691 } 5692 5693 /** 5694 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5695 * 5696 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5697 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5698 * @len: length of data 5699 * 5700 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5701 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5702 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5703 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5704 * 5705 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5706 * having to fit into the given data. 5707 */ 5708 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5709 { 5710 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5711 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5712 } 5713 5714 /** 5715 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5716 * 5717 * @oui: vendor OUI 5718 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5719 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5720 * @len: length of data 5721 * 5722 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5723 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5724 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5725 * 5726 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5727 * the given data. 5728 */ 5729 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5730 const u8 *ies, 5731 unsigned int len); 5732 5733 /** 5734 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5735 * 5736 * @oui: vendor OUI 5737 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5738 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5739 * @len: length of data 5740 * 5741 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5742 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5743 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5744 * element ID. 5745 * 5746 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5747 * the given data. 5748 */ 5749 static inline const u8 * 5750 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5751 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5752 { 5753 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5754 } 5755 5756 /** 5757 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5758 * 5759 * @dev: network device 5760 * @addr: STA MAC address 5761 * 5762 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5763 * devices upon STA association. 5764 */ 5765 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5766 5767 /** 5768 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5769 * 5770 * TODO 5771 */ 5772 5773 /** 5774 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5775 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5776 * conflicts) 5777 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5778 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5779 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5780 * alpha2. 5781 * 5782 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5783 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5784 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5785 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5786 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5787 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5788 * 5789 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5790 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5791 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5792 * 5793 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5794 * an -ENOMEM. 5795 * 5796 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5797 */ 5798 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5799 5800 /** 5801 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5802 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5803 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5804 * 5805 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5806 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5807 * information. 5808 * 5809 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5810 */ 5811 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5812 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5813 5814 /** 5815 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5816 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5817 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5818 * 5819 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5820 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5821 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5822 * 5823 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5824 */ 5825 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5826 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5827 5828 /** 5829 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5830 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5831 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5832 * 5833 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5834 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5835 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5836 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5837 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5838 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5839 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5840 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5841 * that called this helper. 5842 */ 5843 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5844 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5845 5846 /** 5847 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5848 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5849 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5850 * 5851 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5852 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5853 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5854 * and processed already. 5855 * 5856 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5857 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5858 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5859 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5860 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5861 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5862 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5863 */ 5864 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5865 u32 center_freq); 5866 5867 /** 5868 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5869 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5870 * 5871 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5872 * proper string representation. 5873 */ 5874 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5875 5876 /** 5877 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5878 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5879 * 5880 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5881 */ 5882 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5883 5884 /** 5885 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5886 * 5887 */ 5888 5889 /** 5890 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5891 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5892 * 5893 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5894 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5895 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5896 * 5897 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5898 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5899 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5900 * 5901 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5902 * an -ENODATA. 5903 * 5904 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5905 */ 5906 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5907 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5908 5909 /* 5910 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5911 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5912 */ 5913 5914 /** 5915 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5916 * 5917 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5918 * @info: information about the completed scan 5919 */ 5920 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5921 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5922 5923 /** 5924 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5925 * 5926 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5927 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5928 */ 5929 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5930 5931 /** 5932 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5933 * 5934 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5935 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5936 * 5937 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5938 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5939 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5940 */ 5941 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5942 5943 /** 5944 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5945 * 5946 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5947 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5948 * 5949 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5950 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5951 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5952 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5953 */ 5954 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5955 5956 /** 5957 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5958 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5959 * @data: the BSS metadata 5960 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5961 * @len: length of the management frame 5962 * @gfp: context flags 5963 * 5964 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5965 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5966 * 5967 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5968 * Or %NULL on error. 5969 */ 5970 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5971 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5972 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5973 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5974 gfp_t gfp); 5975 5976 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5977 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5978 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5979 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5980 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5981 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5982 { 5983 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5984 .chan = rx_channel, 5985 .scan_width = scan_width, 5986 .signal = signal, 5987 }; 5988 5989 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5990 } 5991 5992 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5993 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5994 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5995 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5996 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5997 { 5998 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5999 .chan = rx_channel, 6000 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6001 .signal = signal, 6002 }; 6003 6004 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6005 } 6006 6007 /** 6008 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6009 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6010 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6011 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6012 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6013 */ 6014 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6015 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6016 { 6017 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6018 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6019 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6020 6021 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6022 6023 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6024 6025 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6026 } 6027 6028 /** 6029 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6030 * @element: element to check 6031 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6032 */ 6033 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6034 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6035 6036 /** 6037 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6038 * @ie: ies 6039 * @ielen: length of IEs 6040 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6041 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6042 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6043 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6044 */ 6045 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6046 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6047 const struct element *sub_elem, 6048 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6049 6050 /** 6051 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6052 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6053 * from a beacon or probe response 6054 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6055 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6056 */ 6057 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6058 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6059 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6060 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6061 }; 6062 6063 /** 6064 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6065 * 6066 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6067 * @data: the BSS metadata 6068 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6069 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6070 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6071 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6072 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6073 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6074 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6075 * @gfp: context flags 6076 * 6077 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6078 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6079 * 6080 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6081 * Or %NULL on error. 6082 */ 6083 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6084 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6085 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6086 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6087 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6088 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6089 gfp_t gfp); 6090 6091 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6092 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6093 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6094 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6095 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6096 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6097 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6098 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6099 { 6100 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6101 .chan = rx_channel, 6102 .scan_width = scan_width, 6103 .signal = signal, 6104 }; 6105 6106 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6107 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6108 gfp); 6109 } 6110 6111 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6112 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6113 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6114 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6115 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6116 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6117 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6118 { 6119 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6120 .chan = rx_channel, 6121 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6122 .signal = signal, 6123 }; 6124 6125 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6126 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6127 gfp); 6128 } 6129 6130 /** 6131 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6132 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6133 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6134 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6135 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6136 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6137 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6138 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6139 */ 6140 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6141 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6142 const u8 *bssid, 6143 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6144 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6145 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6146 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6147 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6148 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6149 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6150 { 6151 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6152 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6153 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6154 } 6155 6156 /** 6157 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6158 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6159 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6160 * 6161 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6162 */ 6163 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6164 6165 /** 6166 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6167 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6168 * @bss: the BSS struct 6169 * 6170 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6171 */ 6172 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6173 6174 /** 6175 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6176 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6177 * @bss: the bss to remove 6178 * 6179 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6180 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6181 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6182 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6183 */ 6184 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6185 6186 /** 6187 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6188 * 6189 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6190 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6191 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6192 * 6193 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6194 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6195 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6196 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6197 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6198 */ 6199 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6200 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6201 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6202 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6203 void *data), 6204 void *iter_data); 6205 6206 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6207 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6208 { 6209 switch (chandef->width) { 6210 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6211 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6212 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6213 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6214 default: 6215 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6216 } 6217 } 6218 6219 /** 6220 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6221 * @dev: network device 6222 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6223 * @len: length of the frame data 6224 * 6225 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6226 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6227 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6228 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6229 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6230 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6231 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6232 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6233 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6234 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6235 * 6236 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6237 */ 6238 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6239 6240 /** 6241 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6242 * @dev: network device 6243 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6244 * 6245 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6246 * mutex. 6247 */ 6248 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6249 6250 /** 6251 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6252 * @dev: network device 6253 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6254 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6255 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6256 * @len: length of the frame data 6257 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6258 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6259 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6260 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6261 * 6262 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6263 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6264 * 6265 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6266 */ 6267 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6268 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6269 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6270 int uapsd_queues, 6271 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6272 6273 /** 6274 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6275 * @dev: network device 6276 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6277 * 6278 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6279 */ 6280 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6281 6282 /** 6283 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6284 * @dev: network device 6285 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6286 * 6287 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6288 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6289 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6290 */ 6291 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6292 6293 /** 6294 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6295 * @dev: network device 6296 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6297 * @len: length of the frame data 6298 * 6299 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6300 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6301 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6302 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6303 */ 6304 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6305 6306 /** 6307 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6308 * @dev: network device 6309 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6310 * @len: length of the frame data 6311 * 6312 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6313 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6314 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6315 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6316 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6317 * 6318 * This function may sleep. 6319 */ 6320 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6321 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6322 6323 /** 6324 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6325 * @dev: network device 6326 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6327 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6328 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6329 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6330 * @gfp: allocation flags 6331 * 6332 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6333 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6334 * primitive. 6335 */ 6336 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6337 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6338 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6339 6340 /** 6341 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6342 * 6343 * @dev: network device 6344 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6345 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6346 * @gfp: allocation flags 6347 * 6348 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6349 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6350 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6351 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6352 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6353 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6354 */ 6355 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6356 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6357 6358 /** 6359 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6360 * 6361 * @dev: network device 6362 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6363 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6364 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6365 * @gfp: allocation flags 6366 * 6367 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6368 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6369 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6370 */ 6371 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6372 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6373 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6374 6375 /** 6376 * DOC: RFkill integration 6377 * 6378 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6379 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6380 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6381 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6382 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6383 * 6384 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6385 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6386 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6387 */ 6388 6389 /** 6390 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6391 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6392 * @blocked: block status 6393 */ 6394 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6395 6396 /** 6397 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6398 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6399 */ 6400 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6401 6402 /** 6403 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6404 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6405 */ 6406 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6407 6408 /** 6409 * DOC: Vendor commands 6410 * 6411 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6412 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6413 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6414 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6415 * the configuration mechanism. 6416 * 6417 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6418 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6419 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6420 * 6421 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6422 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6423 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6424 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6425 * managers etc. need. 6426 */ 6427 6428 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6429 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6430 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6431 int approxlen); 6432 6433 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6434 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6435 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6436 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6437 unsigned int portid, 6438 int vendor_event_idx, 6439 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6440 6441 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6442 6443 /** 6444 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6445 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6446 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6447 * be put into the skb 6448 * 6449 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6450 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6451 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6452 * 6453 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6454 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6455 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6456 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6457 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6458 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6459 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6460 * 6461 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6462 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6463 * 6464 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6465 */ 6466 static inline struct sk_buff * 6467 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6468 { 6469 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6470 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6471 } 6472 6473 /** 6474 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6475 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6476 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6477 * 6478 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6479 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6480 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6481 * skb regardless of the return value. 6482 * 6483 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6484 */ 6485 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6486 6487 /** 6488 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6489 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6490 * 6491 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6492 * Valid to call only there. 6493 */ 6494 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6495 6496 /** 6497 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6498 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6499 * @wdev: the wireless device 6500 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6501 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6502 * be put into the skb 6503 * @gfp: allocation flags 6504 * 6505 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6506 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6507 * 6508 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6509 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6510 * attribute. 6511 * 6512 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6513 * skb to send the event. 6514 * 6515 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6516 */ 6517 static inline struct sk_buff * 6518 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6519 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6520 { 6521 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6522 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6523 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6524 } 6525 6526 /** 6527 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6528 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6529 * @wdev: the wireless device 6530 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6531 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6532 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6533 * be put into the skb 6534 * @gfp: allocation flags 6535 * 6536 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6537 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6538 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6539 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6540 * 6541 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6542 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6543 * attribute. 6544 * 6545 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6546 * skb to send the event. 6547 * 6548 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6549 */ 6550 static inline struct sk_buff * 6551 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6552 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6553 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6554 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6555 { 6556 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6557 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6558 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6559 } 6560 6561 /** 6562 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6563 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6564 * @gfp: allocation flags 6565 * 6566 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6567 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6568 */ 6569 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6570 { 6571 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6572 } 6573 6574 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6575 /** 6576 * DOC: Test mode 6577 * 6578 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6579 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6580 * factory programming. 6581 * 6582 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6583 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6584 */ 6585 6586 /** 6587 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6588 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6589 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6590 * be put into the skb 6591 * 6592 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6593 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6594 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6595 * 6596 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6597 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6598 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6599 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6600 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6601 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6602 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6603 * 6604 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6605 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6606 * 6607 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6608 */ 6609 static inline struct sk_buff * 6610 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6611 { 6612 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6613 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6614 } 6615 6616 /** 6617 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6618 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6619 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6620 * 6621 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6622 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6623 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6624 * regardless of the return value. 6625 * 6626 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6627 */ 6628 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6629 { 6630 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6631 } 6632 6633 /** 6634 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6635 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6636 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6637 * be put into the skb 6638 * @gfp: allocation flags 6639 * 6640 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6641 * testmode multicast group. 6642 * 6643 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6644 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6645 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6646 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6647 * in any other way. 6648 * 6649 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6650 * skb to send the event. 6651 * 6652 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6653 */ 6654 static inline struct sk_buff * 6655 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6656 { 6657 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6658 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6659 approxlen, gfp); 6660 } 6661 6662 /** 6663 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6664 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6665 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6666 * @gfp: allocation flags 6667 * 6668 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6669 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6670 * consumes it. 6671 */ 6672 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6673 { 6674 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6675 } 6676 6677 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6678 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6679 #else 6680 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6681 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6682 #endif 6683 6684 /** 6685 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6686 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6687 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6688 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6689 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6690 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6691 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6692 * status for a FILS connection. 6693 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6694 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6695 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6696 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6697 */ 6698 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6699 const u8 *kek; 6700 size_t kek_len; 6701 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6702 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6703 const u8 *pmk; 6704 size_t pmk_len; 6705 const u8 *pmkid; 6706 }; 6707 6708 /** 6709 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6710 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6711 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6712 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6713 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6714 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6715 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6716 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6717 * case. 6718 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6719 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6720 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6721 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6722 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6723 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6724 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6725 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6726 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6727 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6728 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6729 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6730 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6731 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6732 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6733 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6734 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6735 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6736 */ 6737 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6738 int status; 6739 const u8 *bssid; 6740 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6741 const u8 *req_ie; 6742 size_t req_ie_len; 6743 const u8 *resp_ie; 6744 size_t resp_ie_len; 6745 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6746 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6747 }; 6748 6749 /** 6750 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6751 * 6752 * @dev: network device 6753 * @params: connection response parameters 6754 * @gfp: allocation flags 6755 * 6756 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6757 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6758 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6759 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6760 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6761 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6762 */ 6763 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6764 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6765 gfp_t gfp); 6766 6767 /** 6768 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6769 * 6770 * @dev: network device 6771 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6772 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6773 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6774 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6775 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6776 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6777 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6778 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6779 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6780 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6781 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6782 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6783 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6784 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6785 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6786 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6787 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6788 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6789 * case. 6790 * @gfp: allocation flags 6791 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6792 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6793 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6794 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6795 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6796 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6797 * 6798 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6799 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6800 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6801 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6802 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6803 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6804 */ 6805 static inline void 6806 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6807 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6808 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6809 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6810 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6811 { 6812 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6813 6814 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6815 params.status = status; 6816 params.bssid = bssid; 6817 params.bss = bss; 6818 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6819 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6820 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6821 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6822 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6823 6824 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6825 } 6826 6827 /** 6828 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6829 * 6830 * @dev: network device 6831 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6832 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6833 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6834 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6835 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6836 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6837 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6838 * the real status code for failures. 6839 * @gfp: allocation flags 6840 * 6841 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6842 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6843 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6844 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6845 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6846 */ 6847 static inline void 6848 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6849 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6850 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6851 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6852 { 6853 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6854 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6855 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6856 } 6857 6858 /** 6859 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6860 * 6861 * @dev: network device 6862 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6863 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6864 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6865 * @gfp: allocation flags 6866 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6867 * 6868 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6869 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6870 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6871 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6872 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6873 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6874 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6875 */ 6876 static inline void 6877 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6878 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6879 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6880 { 6881 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6882 gfp, timeout_reason); 6883 } 6884 6885 /** 6886 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6887 * 6888 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6889 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6890 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6891 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6892 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6893 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6894 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6895 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6896 */ 6897 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6898 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6899 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6900 const u8 *bssid; 6901 const u8 *req_ie; 6902 size_t req_ie_len; 6903 const u8 *resp_ie; 6904 size_t resp_ie_len; 6905 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6906 }; 6907 6908 /** 6909 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6910 * 6911 * @dev: network device 6912 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6913 * @gfp: allocation flags 6914 * 6915 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6916 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6917 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6918 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6919 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6920 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6921 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6922 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6923 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6924 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6925 */ 6926 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6927 gfp_t gfp); 6928 6929 /** 6930 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6931 * 6932 * @dev: network device 6933 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6934 * @gfp: allocation flags 6935 * 6936 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6937 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6938 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6939 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6940 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6941 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6942 */ 6943 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6944 gfp_t gfp); 6945 6946 /** 6947 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6948 * 6949 * @dev: network device 6950 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6951 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6952 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6953 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6954 * @gfp: allocation flags 6955 * 6956 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6957 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6958 */ 6959 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6960 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6961 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6962 6963 /** 6964 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6965 * @wdev: wireless device 6966 * @cookie: the request cookie 6967 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6968 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6969 * channel 6970 * @gfp: allocation flags 6971 */ 6972 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6973 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6974 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6975 6976 /** 6977 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6978 * @wdev: wireless device 6979 * @cookie: the request cookie 6980 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6981 * @gfp: allocation flags 6982 */ 6983 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6984 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6985 gfp_t gfp); 6986 6987 /** 6988 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6989 * @wdev: wireless device 6990 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6991 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6992 * @gfp: allocation flags 6993 */ 6994 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6995 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6996 6997 /** 6998 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6999 * 7000 * @sinfo: the station information 7001 * @gfp: allocation flags 7002 */ 7003 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7004 7005 /** 7006 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7007 * @sinfo: the station information 7008 * 7009 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7010 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7011 * the stack.) 7012 */ 7013 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7014 { 7015 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7016 } 7017 7018 /** 7019 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7020 * 7021 * @dev: the netdev 7022 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7023 * @sinfo: the station information 7024 * @gfp: allocation flags 7025 */ 7026 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7027 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7028 7029 /** 7030 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7031 * @dev: the netdev 7032 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7033 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7034 * @gfp: allocation flags 7035 */ 7036 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7037 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7038 7039 /** 7040 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7041 * 7042 * @dev: the netdev 7043 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7044 * @gfp: allocation flags 7045 */ 7046 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7047 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7048 { 7049 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7050 } 7051 7052 /** 7053 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7054 * 7055 * @dev: the netdev 7056 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7057 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7058 * @gfp: allocation flags 7059 * 7060 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7061 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7062 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7063 * 7064 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7065 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7066 */ 7067 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7068 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7069 gfp_t gfp); 7070 7071 /** 7072 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7073 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7074 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7075 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7076 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7077 * @len: length of the frame data 7078 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7079 * 7080 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7081 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7082 * 7083 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7084 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7085 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7086 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7087 */ 7088 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7089 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7090 7091 /** 7092 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7093 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7094 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7095 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7096 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7097 * @len: length of the frame data 7098 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7099 * 7100 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7101 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7102 * 7103 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7104 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7105 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7106 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7107 */ 7108 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7109 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7110 u32 flags) 7111 { 7112 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7113 flags); 7114 } 7115 7116 /** 7117 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7118 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7119 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7120 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7121 * @len: length of the frame data 7122 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7123 * @gfp: context flags 7124 * 7125 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7126 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7127 * transmission attempt. 7128 */ 7129 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7130 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7131 7132 /** 7133 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7134 * port frames 7135 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7136 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7137 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7138 * @len: length of the frame data 7139 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7140 * @gfp: context flags 7141 * 7142 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7143 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7144 * the transmission attempt. 7145 */ 7146 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7147 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7148 gfp_t gfp); 7149 7150 /** 7151 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7152 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7153 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7154 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7155 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7156 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7157 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7158 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7159 * 7160 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7161 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7162 * control port frames over nl80211. 7163 * 7164 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7165 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7166 * 7167 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7168 */ 7169 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7170 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7171 7172 /** 7173 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7174 * @dev: network device 7175 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7176 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7177 * @gfp: context flags 7178 * 7179 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7180 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7181 */ 7182 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7183 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7184 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7185 7186 /** 7187 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7188 * @dev: network device 7189 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7190 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7191 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7192 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7193 * @gfp: context flags 7194 */ 7195 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7196 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7197 7198 /** 7199 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7200 * @dev: network device 7201 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7202 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7203 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7204 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7205 * @gfp: context flags 7206 * 7207 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7208 * given interval is exceeded. 7209 */ 7210 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7211 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7212 7213 /** 7214 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7215 * @dev: network device 7216 * @gfp: context flags 7217 * 7218 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7219 */ 7220 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7221 7222 /** 7223 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7224 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7225 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7226 * @gfp: context flags 7227 * 7228 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7229 */ 7230 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7231 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 7232 7233 /** 7234 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7235 * @dev: network device 7236 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7237 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7238 * @gfp: context flags 7239 * 7240 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7241 * frame. 7242 */ 7243 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7244 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7245 gfp_t gfp); 7246 7247 /** 7248 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7249 * @netdev: network device 7250 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7251 * @event: type of event 7252 * @gfp: context flags 7253 * 7254 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7255 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7256 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7257 */ 7258 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7259 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7260 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7261 7262 7263 /** 7264 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7265 * @dev: network device 7266 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7267 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7268 * @gfp: allocation flags 7269 */ 7270 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7271 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7272 7273 /** 7274 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7275 * @dev: network device 7276 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7277 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7278 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7279 * @gfp: allocation flags 7280 */ 7281 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7282 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7283 7284 /** 7285 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7286 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7287 * @addr: the transmitter address 7288 * @gfp: context flags 7289 * 7290 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7291 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7292 * sender. 7293 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7294 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7295 */ 7296 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7297 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7298 7299 /** 7300 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7301 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7302 * @addr: the transmitter address 7303 * @gfp: context flags 7304 * 7305 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7306 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7307 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7308 * station to avoid event flooding. 7309 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7310 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7311 */ 7312 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7313 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7314 7315 /** 7316 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7317 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7318 * @addr: the address of the peer 7319 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7320 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7321 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7322 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7323 * @gfp: allocation flags 7324 */ 7325 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7326 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7327 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7328 7329 /** 7330 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7331 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7332 * @frame: the frame 7333 * @len: length of the frame 7334 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7335 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7336 * 7337 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7338 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7339 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7340 */ 7341 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7342 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7343 7344 /** 7345 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7346 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7347 * @frame: the frame 7348 * @len: length of the frame 7349 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7350 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7351 * 7352 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7353 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7354 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7355 */ 7356 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7357 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7358 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7359 { 7360 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7361 sig_dbm); 7362 } 7363 7364 /** 7365 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7366 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7367 * @chandef: the channel definition 7368 * @iftype: interface type 7369 * 7370 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7371 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7372 */ 7373 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7374 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7375 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7376 7377 /** 7378 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7379 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7380 * @chandef: the channel definition 7381 * @iftype: interface type 7382 * 7383 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7384 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7385 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7386 * more permissive conditions. 7387 * 7388 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7389 */ 7390 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7391 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7392 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7393 7394 /* 7395 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7396 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7397 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7398 * 7399 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7400 * driver context! 7401 */ 7402 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7403 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7404 7405 /* 7406 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7407 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7408 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7409 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7410 * 7411 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7412 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7413 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7414 */ 7415 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7416 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7417 u8 count); 7418 7419 /** 7420 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7421 * 7422 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7423 * @band: band pointer to fill 7424 * 7425 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7426 */ 7427 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7428 enum nl80211_band *band); 7429 7430 /** 7431 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7432 * 7433 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7434 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7435 * 7436 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7437 */ 7438 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7439 u8 *op_class); 7440 7441 /** 7442 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7443 * 7444 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7445 * 7446 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7447 */ 7448 static inline u32 7449 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7450 { 7451 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7452 } 7453 7454 /* 7455 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7456 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7457 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7458 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7459 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7460 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7461 * @gfp: allocation flags 7462 * 7463 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7464 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7465 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7466 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7467 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7468 */ 7469 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7470 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7471 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7472 7473 /* 7474 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7475 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7476 * 7477 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7478 */ 7479 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7480 7481 /** 7482 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7483 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7484 * 7485 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7486 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7487 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7488 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7489 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7490 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7491 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7492 * 7493 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7494 */ 7495 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7496 7497 /** 7498 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7499 * @ies: FT IEs 7500 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7501 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7502 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7503 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7504 */ 7505 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7506 const u8 *ies; 7507 size_t ies_len; 7508 const u8 *target_ap; 7509 const u8 *ric_ies; 7510 size_t ric_ies_len; 7511 }; 7512 7513 /** 7514 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7515 * @netdev: network device 7516 * @ft_event: IE information 7517 */ 7518 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7519 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7520 7521 /** 7522 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7523 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7524 * @len: the input length 7525 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7526 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7527 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7528 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7529 * 7530 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7531 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7532 * 7533 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7534 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7535 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7536 */ 7537 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7538 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7539 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7540 7541 /** 7542 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7543 * @ies: the IE buffer 7544 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7545 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7546 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7547 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7548 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7549 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7550 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7551 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7552 * 7553 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7554 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7555 * split. 7556 * 7557 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7558 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7559 * 7560 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7561 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7562 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7563 * 7564 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7565 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7566 * of the buffer should be used. 7567 */ 7568 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7569 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7570 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7571 size_t offset); 7572 7573 /** 7574 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7575 * @ies: the IE buffer 7576 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7577 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7578 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7579 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7580 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7581 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7582 * 7583 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7584 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7585 * split. 7586 * 7587 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7588 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7589 * 7590 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7591 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7592 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7593 * 7594 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7595 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7596 * of the buffer should be used. 7597 */ 7598 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7599 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7600 { 7601 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7602 } 7603 7604 /** 7605 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7606 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7607 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7608 * @gfp: allocation flags 7609 * 7610 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7611 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7612 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7613 * else caused the wakeup. 7614 */ 7615 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7616 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7617 gfp_t gfp); 7618 7619 /** 7620 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7621 * 7622 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7623 * @gfp: allocation flags 7624 * 7625 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7626 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7627 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7628 */ 7629 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7630 7631 /** 7632 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7633 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7634 * 7635 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7636 */ 7637 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7638 7639 /** 7640 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7641 * 7642 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7643 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7644 * 7645 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7646 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7647 * the interface combinations. 7648 */ 7649 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7650 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7651 7652 /** 7653 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7654 * 7655 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7656 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7657 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7658 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7659 * 7660 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7661 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7662 * purposes. 7663 */ 7664 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7665 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7666 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7667 void *data), 7668 void *data); 7669 7670 /* 7671 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7672 * 7673 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7674 * @wdev: wireless device 7675 * @gfp: context flags 7676 * 7677 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7678 * disconnected. 7679 * 7680 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7681 */ 7682 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7683 gfp_t gfp); 7684 7685 /** 7686 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7687 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7688 * 7689 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7690 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7691 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7692 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7693 * 7694 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7695 * the driver while the function is running. 7696 */ 7697 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7698 7699 /** 7700 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7701 * 7702 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7703 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7704 * 7705 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7706 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7707 */ 7708 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7709 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7710 { 7711 u8 *ft_byte; 7712 7713 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7714 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7715 } 7716 7717 /** 7718 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7719 * 7720 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7721 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7722 * 7723 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7724 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7725 */ 7726 static inline bool 7727 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7728 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7729 { 7730 u8 ft_byte; 7731 7732 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7733 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7734 } 7735 7736 /** 7737 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7738 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7739 * 7740 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7741 */ 7742 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7743 7744 /** 7745 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7746 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7747 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7748 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7749 * result. 7750 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7751 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7752 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7753 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7754 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7755 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7756 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7757 */ 7758 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7759 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7760 u8 inst_id; 7761 u8 peer_inst_id; 7762 const u8 *addr; 7763 u8 info_len; 7764 const u8 *info; 7765 u64 cookie; 7766 }; 7767 7768 /** 7769 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7770 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7771 * @match: match notification parameters 7772 * @gfp: allocation flags 7773 * 7774 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7775 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7776 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7777 */ 7778 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7779 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7780 7781 /** 7782 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7783 * 7784 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7785 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7786 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7787 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7788 * @gfp: allocation flags 7789 * 7790 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7791 */ 7792 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7793 u8 inst_id, 7794 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7795 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7796 7797 /* ethtool helper */ 7798 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7799 7800 /** 7801 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7802 * @netdev: network device 7803 * @params: External authentication parameters 7804 * @gfp: allocation flags 7805 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7806 */ 7807 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7808 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7809 gfp_t gfp); 7810 7811 /** 7812 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7813 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7814 * @req: the original measurement request 7815 * @result: the result data 7816 * @gfp: allocation flags 7817 */ 7818 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7819 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7820 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7821 gfp_t gfp); 7822 7823 /** 7824 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7825 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7826 * @req: the original measurement request 7827 * @gfp: allocation flags 7828 * 7829 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7830 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7831 */ 7832 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7833 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7834 gfp_t gfp); 7835 7836 /** 7837 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7838 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7839 * @iftype: interface type 7840 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7841 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7842 * 7843 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7844 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7845 * check_swif is '1'. 7846 */ 7847 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7848 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7849 7850 7851 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7852 7853 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7854 7855 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7856 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7857 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7858 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7859 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7860 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7861 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7862 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7863 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7864 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7865 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7866 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7867 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7868 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7869 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7870 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7871 7872 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7873 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7874 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7875 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7876 7877 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7878 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7879 7880 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7881 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7882 7883 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7884 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7885 #else 7886 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7887 ({ \ 7888 if (0) \ 7889 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7890 0; \ 7891 }) 7892 #endif 7893 7894 /* 7895 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7896 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7897 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7898 */ 7899 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7900 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7901 7902 /** 7903 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7904 * @netdev: network device 7905 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7906 * @gfp: allocation flags 7907 */ 7908 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7909 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7910 gfp_t gfp); 7911 7912 /** 7913 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 7914 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7915 */ 7916 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7917 7918 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7919